ASTContext.cpp revision 146522ec40ebc21a8c826e8bac98befaf91504cb
1a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)// 3a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)// 5a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)// 8a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)// 10a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)// 12a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) 14a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "CXXABI.h" 16a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 18a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 20a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 21a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 27a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 28a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 29a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 30a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 31a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 32a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 33a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 34a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 35a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 36a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 37a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 38a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 39a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)#include <map> 40a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) 41a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)using namespace clang; 42a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) 43a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 44a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 45a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 46a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 47a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 48a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 49a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 50a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 51a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 52a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 53a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 54a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 55a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) 56a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)enum FloatingRank { 57a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 58a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)}; 59a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) 60a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles)RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 61a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 62a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 63a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) CommentsLoaded = true; 64a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) } 65a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) 66a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) assert(D); 67a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) 68a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 69a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (D->isImplicit()) 70a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 71a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) 72a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 73a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 74a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 75a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 76a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) } 77a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) 78a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 79a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 80a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 81a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 82a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) } 83a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) 84a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 85a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 86a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 87a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) } 88a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) 89a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 90a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { 91a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); 92a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || 93a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) TSK == TSK_Undeclared) 94a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 95a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) } 96a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) 97a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 98a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 99a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 100a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) } 101a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { 102a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the 103a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment 104a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition()) 105a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 106a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) } 107a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 108a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 109a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 110a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) 111a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 112a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) // documentation. 113a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 114a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 115a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 116a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 117a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) 118a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 119a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) 120a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 121a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (RawComments.empty()) 122a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 1236f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch 1246f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch // Find declaration location. 1256f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 1266f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 1276f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch // location". 1286f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 1296f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 1306f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch SourceLocation DeclLoc; 1316f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 1326f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 1336f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 1346f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 1356f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 1366f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch else { 1376f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 1386f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch // If location of the typedef name is in a macro, it is because being 1396f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch // declared via a macro. Try using declaration's starting location 1406f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch // as the "declaration location". 1416f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch if (DeclLoc.isMacroID() && isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) 1426f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 1436f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch } 1446f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch 1456f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 1466f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch // can't find the comment. 1476f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 1486f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch return NULL; 1496f543c786fc42989f552b4daa774ca5ff32fa697Ben Murdoch 150a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 151a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 152a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) { 153a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 154a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 155a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) // first. 156a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc( 157a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false, 158a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments); 159a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 160a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 161a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 162a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 163a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) MaybeBeforeDecl--; 164a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 165a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) } 166a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) 167a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) if (Found) { 168a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 169a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 170a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 171a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) } else { 172a854de003a23bf3c7f95ec0f8154ada64092ff5cTorne (Richard Coles) // Slow path. 173d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 174d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 175d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) } 176d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) } 177d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) 178d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 179d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) // file buffer. 180d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 181d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) 182d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 183d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 184d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 185d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D) || 186d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D))) { 187d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 188d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 189d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 190d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 191d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 192d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 193d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 194d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 195d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) return *Comment; 196d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) } 197d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) } 198d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) 199d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 200d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) // Let's look at the previous comment. 201d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 202d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 203d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) --Comment; 204d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) 205d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 206d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 207d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 208d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) 209d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) // Decompose the end of the comment. 210d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 211d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 212d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) 213d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 214d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) // aren't related. 215d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 216d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 217d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) 218d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) // Get the corresponding buffer. 219d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) bool Invalid = false; 220d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 221d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) &Invalid).data(); 222d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) if (Invalid) 223d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) return NULL; 224d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) 225d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 226d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 227d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 228d6cdb82654e8f3343a693ca752d5c4cee0324e17Torne (Richard Coles) 229 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 230 // comment and declaration. 231 if (Text.find_first_of(";{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 232 return NULL; 233 234 return *Comment; 235} 236 237namespace { 238/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 239/// refer to the actual template. 240/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 241const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 242 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 243 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 244 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 245 return FTD; 246 247 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 248 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 249 return D; 250 251 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 252 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 253 return FTD; 254 255 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 256 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 257 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 258 return MemberDecl; 259 260 return D; 261 } 262 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 263 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 264 // template? 265 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 266 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 267 return MemberDecl; 268 269 return D; 270 } 271 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 272 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 273 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 274 return CTD; 275 276 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 277 // specialization? 278 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 279 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 280 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 281 return D; 282 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 283 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 284 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 285 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 286 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 287 static_cast<const Decl*>( 288 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 289 } 290 291 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 292 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 293 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 294 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 295 296 return D; 297 } 298 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 299 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 300 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 301 return MemberDecl; 302 303 return D; 304 } 305 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 306 return D; 307} 308} // unnamed namespace 309 310const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 311 const Decl *D, 312 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 313 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 314 315 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 316 { 317 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 318 RedeclComments.find(D); 319 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 320 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 321 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 322 if (OriginalDecl) 323 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 324 return Raw.getRaw(); 325 } 326 } 327 } 328 329 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 330 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 331 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 332 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 333 E = D->redecls_end(); 334 I != E; ++I) { 335 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 336 RedeclComments.find(*I); 337 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 338 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 339 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 340 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 341 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 342 break; 343 } 344 } else { 345 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 346 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 347 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 348 if (RC) { 349 Raw.setRaw(RC); 350 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 351 } else 352 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 353 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 354 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 355 if (RC) 356 break; 357 } 358 } 359 360 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 361 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 362 363 if (OriginalDecl) 364 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 365 366 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 367 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 368 Raw.setRaw(RC); 369 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 370 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 371 372 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 373 E = D->redecls_end(); 374 I != E; ++I) { 375 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 376 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 377 R = Raw; 378 } 379 380 return RC; 381} 382 383static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 384 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 385 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 386 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 387 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 388 if (!ID) 389 return; 390 // Add redeclared method here. 391 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 392 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(), 393 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end(); 394 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 395 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 396 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 397 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 398 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 399 } 400 } 401} 402 403comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 404 const Decl *D) const { 405 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 406 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 407 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 408 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 409 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 410 comments::FullComment *CFC = 411 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 412 ThisDeclInfo); 413 return CFC; 414 415} 416 417comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getLocalCommentForDeclUncached(const Decl *D) const { 418 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(D); 419 return RC ? RC->parse(*this, 0, D) : 0; 420} 421 422comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 423 const Decl *D, 424 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 425 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 426 return NULL; 427 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 428 429 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 430 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 431 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 432 433 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 434 if (Canonical != D) { 435 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 436 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 437 return CFC; 438 } 439 return Pos->second; 440 } 441 442 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 443 444 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 445 if (!RC) { 446 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 447 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 448 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 449 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) 450 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) 451 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) 452 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 453 if (OMD) 454 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 455 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 456 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) 457 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) 458 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 459 } 460 else if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 461 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter 462 // does not have one of its own. 463 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); 464 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>()) 465 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) 466 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) 467 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 468 } 469 else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { 470 while (IC->getSuperClass()) { 471 IC = IC->getSuperClass(); 472 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 473 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 474 } 475 } 476 else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) { 477 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface()) 478 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 479 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 480 } 481 else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 482 if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) 483 return NULL; 484 // Check non-virtual bases. 485 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 486 RD->bases_begin(), E = RD->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 487 if (I->isVirtual() || (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)) 488 continue; 489 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 490 if (Ty.isNull()) 491 continue; 492 if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 493 if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition())) 494 continue; 495 496 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP)) 497 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 498 } 499 } 500 // Check virtual bases. 501 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 502 RD->vbases_begin(), E = RD->vbases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 503 if (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public) 504 continue; 505 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 506 if (Ty.isNull()) 507 continue; 508 if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 509 if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition())) 510 continue; 511 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP)) 512 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 513 } 514 } 515 } 516 return NULL; 517 } 518 519 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 520 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 521 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 522 // different across redeclarations. 523 if (D != OriginalDecl) 524 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 525 526 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 527 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 528 return FC; 529} 530 531void 532ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 533 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 534 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 535 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 536 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 537 538 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 539 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 540 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 541 PEnd = Params->end(); 542 P != PEnd; ++P) { 543 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 544 ID.AddInteger(0); 545 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 546 continue; 547 } 548 549 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 550 ID.AddInteger(1); 551 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 552 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 553 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 554 ID.AddBoolean(true); 555 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 556 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 557 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 558 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 559 } 560 } else 561 ID.AddBoolean(false); 562 continue; 563 } 564 565 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 566 ID.AddInteger(2); 567 Profile(ID, TTP); 568 } 569} 570 571TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 572ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 573 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 574 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 575 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 576 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 577 void *InsertPos = 0; 578 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 579 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 580 if (Canonical) 581 return Canonical->getParam(); 582 583 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 584 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 585 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 586 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 587 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 588 PEnd = Params->end(); 589 P != PEnd; ++P) { 590 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 591 CanonParams.push_back( 592 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 593 SourceLocation(), 594 SourceLocation(), 595 TTP->getDepth(), 596 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 597 TTP->isParameterPack())); 598 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 599 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 600 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 601 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 602 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 603 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 604 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 605 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 606 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 607 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 608 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 609 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 610 } 611 612 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 613 SourceLocation(), 614 SourceLocation(), 615 NTTP->getDepth(), 616 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 617 T, 618 TInfo, 619 ExpandedTypes.data(), 620 ExpandedTypes.size(), 621 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 622 } else { 623 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 624 SourceLocation(), 625 SourceLocation(), 626 NTTP->getDepth(), 627 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 628 T, 629 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 630 TInfo); 631 } 632 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 633 634 } else 635 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 636 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 637 } 638 639 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 640 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 641 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 642 TTP->getPosition(), 643 TTP->isParameterPack(), 644 0, 645 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 646 SourceLocation(), 647 CanonParams.data(), 648 CanonParams.size(), 649 SourceLocation())); 650 651 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 652 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 653 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 654 (void)Canonical; 655 656 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 657 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 658 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 659 return CanonTTP; 660} 661 662CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 663 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 664 665 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { 666 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 667 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 668 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 669 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level 670 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 671 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 672 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 673 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 674 } 675 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 676} 677 678static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 679 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 680 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 681 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 682 // language-specific address space. 683 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 684 1, // opencl_global 685 2, // opencl_local 686 3, // opencl_constant 687 4, // cuda_device 688 5, // cuda_constant 689 6 // cuda_shared 690 }; 691 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 692 } else { 693 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 694 } 695} 696 697ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 698 const TargetInfo *t, 699 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 700 Builtin::Context &builtins, 701 unsigned size_reserve, 702 bool DelayInitialization) 703 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 704 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 705 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 706 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 707 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 708 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), Float128StubDecl(0), 709 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 710 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 711 BOOLDecl(0), 712 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 713 FILEDecl(0), 714 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 715 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 716 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 717 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 718 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 719 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 720 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 721 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 722 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 723 DeclarationNames(*this), 724 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 725 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 726 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), 727 LastSDM(0, 0) 728{ 729 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 730 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 731 732 if (!DelayInitialization) { 733 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 734 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 735 } 736} 737 738ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 739 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 740 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 741 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 742 743 // Call all of the deallocation functions on all of their targets. 744 for (DeallocationMap::const_iterator I = Deallocations.begin(), 745 E = Deallocations.end(); I != E; ++I) 746 for (unsigned J = 0, N = I->second.size(); J != N; ++J) 747 (I->first)((I->second)[J]); 748 749 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 750 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 751 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 752 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 753 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 754 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 755 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 756 R->Destroy(*this); 757 758 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 759 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 760 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 761 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 762 R->Destroy(*this); 763 } 764 765 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 766 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 767 A != AEnd; ++A) 768 A->second->~AttrVec(); 769} 770 771void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 772 Deallocations[Callback].push_back(Data); 773} 774 775void 776ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 777 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 778} 779 780void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 781 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 782 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 783 784 unsigned counts[] = { 785#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 786#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 787#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 788 0 // Extra 789 }; 790 791 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 792 Type *T = Types[i]; 793 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 794 } 795 796 unsigned Idx = 0; 797 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 798#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 799 if (counts[Idx]) \ 800 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 801 << " types\n"; \ 802 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 803 ++Idx; 804#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 805#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 806 807 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 808 809 // Implicit special member functions. 810 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 811 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 812 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 813 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 814 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 815 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 816 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 817 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 818 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 819 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 820 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 821 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 822 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 823 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 824 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 825 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 826 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 827 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 828 << NumImplicitDestructors 829 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 830 831 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 832 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 833 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 834 } 835 836 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 837} 838 839TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 840 if (!Int128Decl) { 841 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 842 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 843 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 844 SourceLocation(), 845 SourceLocation(), 846 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 847 TInfo); 848 } 849 850 return Int128Decl; 851} 852 853TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 854 if (!UInt128Decl) { 855 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 856 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 857 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 858 SourceLocation(), 859 SourceLocation(), 860 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 861 TInfo); 862 } 863 864 return UInt128Decl; 865} 866 867TypeDecl *ASTContext::getFloat128StubType() const { 868 assert(LangOpts.CPlusPlus && "should only be called for c++"); 869 if (!Float128StubDecl) { 870 Float128StubDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 871 TTK_Struct, 872 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 873 SourceLocation(), 874 SourceLocation(), 875 &Idents.get("__float128")); 876 } 877 878 return Float128StubDecl; 879} 880 881void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 882 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 883 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 884 Types.push_back(Ty); 885} 886 887void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 888 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 889 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 890 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 891 892 this->Target = &Target; 893 894 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 895 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 896 897 // C99 6.2.5p19. 898 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 899 900 // C99 6.2.5p2. 901 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 902 // C99 6.2.5p3. 903 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 904 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 905 else 906 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 907 // C99 6.2.5p4. 908 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 909 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 910 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 911 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 912 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 913 914 // C99 6.2.5p6. 915 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 916 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 917 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 918 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 919 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 920 921 // C99 6.2.5p10. 922 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 923 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 924 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 925 926 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 927 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 928 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 929 930 // C++ 3.9.1p5 931 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 932 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 933 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 934 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 935 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) 936 WideCharTy = WCharTy; 937 else { 938 // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar). 939 WideCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 940 } 941 942 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 943 944 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 945 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 946 else // C99 947 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 948 949 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 950 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 951 else // C99 952 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 953 954 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 955 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 956 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 957 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 958 // expressions. 959 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 960 961 // Placeholder type for functions. 962 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 963 964 // Placeholder type for bound members. 965 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 966 967 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 968 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 969 970 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 971 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 972 973 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 974 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 975 976 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 977 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 978 979 // C99 6.2.5p11. 980 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 981 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 982 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 983 984 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 985 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 986 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 987 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 988 989 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 990 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d); 991 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray); 992 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer); 993 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d); 994 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray); 995 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d); 996 997 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); 998 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); 999 } 1000 1001 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 1002 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 1003 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 1004 1005 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 1006 1007 ObjCSuperType = QualType(); 1008 1009 // void * type 1010 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 1011 1012 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 1013 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 1014 1015 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 1016 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 1017 1018 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 1019 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 1020} 1021 1022DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 1023 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 1024} 1025 1026AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1027 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 1028 if (!Result) { 1029 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 1030 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 1031 } 1032 1033 return *Result; 1034} 1035 1036/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 1037void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1038 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 1039 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 1040 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 1041 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 1042 } 1043} 1044 1045// FIXME: Remove ? 1046MemberSpecializationInfo * 1047ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 1048 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1049 return getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Var) 1050 .dyn_cast<MemberSpecializationInfo *>(); 1051} 1052 1053ASTContext::TemplateOrSpecializationInfo 1054ASTContext::getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(const VarDecl *Var) { 1055 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, TemplateOrSpecializationInfo>::iterator Pos = 1056 TemplateOrInstantiation.find(Var); 1057 if (Pos == TemplateOrInstantiation.end()) 1058 return TemplateOrSpecializationInfo(); 1059 1060 return Pos->second; 1061} 1062 1063void 1064ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 1065 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 1066 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 1067 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1068 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1069 setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Inst, new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo( 1070 Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation)); 1071} 1072 1073void 1074ASTContext::setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(VarDecl *Inst, 1075 TemplateOrSpecializationInfo TSI) { 1076 assert(!TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] && 1077 "Already noted what the variable was instantiated from"); 1078 TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] = TSI; 1079} 1080 1081FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 1082 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 1083 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1084 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1085 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 1086 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 1087 return 0; 1088 1089 return Pos->second; 1090} 1091 1092void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 1093 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 1094 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1095 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 1096 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 1097} 1098 1099NamedDecl * 1100ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 1101 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1102 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 1103 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 1104 return 0; 1105 1106 return Pos->second; 1107} 1108 1109void 1110ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 1111 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 1112 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 1113 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 1114 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 1115 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1116 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1117} 1118 1119UsingShadowDecl * 1120ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 1121 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 1122 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 1123 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 1124 return 0; 1125 1126 return Pos->second; 1127} 1128 1129void 1130ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 1131 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 1132 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1133 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1134} 1135 1136FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 1137 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1138 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1139 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1140 return 0; 1141 1142 return Pos->second; 1143} 1144 1145void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1146 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1147 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1148 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1149 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1150 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1151 1152 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1153} 1154 1155ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1156ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1157 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1158 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1159 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1160 return 0; 1161 1162 return Pos->second.begin(); 1163} 1164 1165ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1166ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1167 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1168 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1169 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1170 return 0; 1171 1172 return Pos->second.end(); 1173} 1174 1175unsigned 1176ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1177 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1178 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1179 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1180 return 0; 1181 1182 return Pos->second.size(); 1183} 1184 1185void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1186 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1187 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1188 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1189} 1190 1191void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1192 const NamedDecl *D, 1193 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1194 assert(D); 1195 1196 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1197 Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod), 1198 overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod)); 1199 return; 1200 } 1201 1202 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1203 if (!Method) 1204 return; 1205 1206 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1207 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1208 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1209} 1210 1211void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1212 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1213 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1214 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1215 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1216 LastLocalImport = Import; 1217 return; 1218 } 1219 1220 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1221 LastLocalImport = Import; 1222} 1223 1224//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1225// Type Sizing and Analysis 1226//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1227 1228/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1229/// scalar floating point type. 1230const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1231 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1232 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1233 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1234 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1235 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1236 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1237 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1238 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1239 } 1240} 1241 1242CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool ForAlignof) const { 1243 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1244 1245 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1246 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1247 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1248 1249 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1250 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1251 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1252 // 1253 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1254 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1255 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1256 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1257 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1258 } else { 1259 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1260 } 1261 } 1262 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1263 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1264 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1265 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1266 1267 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1268 // else about the declaration and its type. 1269 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1270 // do nothing 1271 1272 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1273 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1274 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1275 if (ForAlignof) 1276 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1277 else 1278 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1279 } 1280 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1281 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1282 // large-array alignment on the target. 1283 if (const ArrayType *arrayType = getAsArrayType(T)) { 1284 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1285 if (!ForAlignof && MinWidth) { 1286 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1287 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1288 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1289 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1290 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1291 } 1292 1293 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1294 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1295 } 1296 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1297 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1298 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage()) 1299 Align = std::max(Align, getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1300 } 1301 } 1302 1303 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1304 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1305 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1306 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1307 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1308 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1309 const RecordDecl *Parent = Field->getParent(); 1310 // We can only produce a sensible answer if the record is valid. 1311 if (!Parent->isInvalidDecl()) { 1312 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(Parent); 1313 1314 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1315 unsigned FieldAlign = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1316 1317 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1318 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(Field->getFieldIndex()); 1319 if (Offset > 0) { 1320 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1321 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1322 uint64_t LowBitOfOffset = Offset & (~Offset + 1); 1323 if (LowBitOfOffset < FieldAlign) 1324 FieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(LowBitOfOffset); 1325 } 1326 1327 Align = std::min(Align, FieldAlign); 1328 } 1329 } 1330 } 1331 1332 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1333} 1334 1335// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1336// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1337// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1338// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1339std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1340ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1341 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1342 1343 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1344 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1345 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1346 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1347 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1348 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1349 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1350 } 1351 } 1352 1353 return sizeAndAlign; 1354} 1355 1356/// getConstantArrayInfoInChars - Performing the computation in CharUnits 1357/// instead of in bits prevents overflowing the uint64_t for some large arrays. 1358std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1359static getConstantArrayInfoInChars(const ASTContext &Context, 1360 const ConstantArrayType *CAT) { 1361 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> EltInfo = 1362 Context.getTypeInfoInChars(CAT->getElementType()); 1363 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1364 assert((Size == 0 || static_cast<uint64_t>(EltInfo.first.getQuantity()) <= 1365 (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1366 "Overflow in array type char size evaluation"); 1367 uint64_t Width = EltInfo.first.getQuantity() * Size; 1368 unsigned Align = EltInfo.second.getQuantity(); 1369 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1370 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Width), 1371 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align)); 1372} 1373 1374std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1375ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1376 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) 1377 return getConstantArrayInfoInChars(*this, CAT); 1378 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1379 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1380 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1381} 1382 1383std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1384ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1385 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1386} 1387 1388std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1389 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1390 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1391 return it->second; 1392 1393 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1394 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1395 return Info; 1396} 1397 1398/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1399/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1400/// 1401/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1402/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1403/// should take a QualType, &c. 1404std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1405ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1406 uint64_t Width=0; 1407 unsigned Align=8; 1408 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1409#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1410#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1411#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1412#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1413#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) \ 1414 case Type::Class: \ 1415 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "should not see dependent types here"); \ 1416 return getTypeInfo(cast<Class##Type>(T)->desugar().getTypePtr()); 1417#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1418 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1419 1420 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1421 case Type::FunctionProto: 1422 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1423 Width = 0; 1424 Align = 32; 1425 break; 1426 1427 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1428 case Type::VariableArray: 1429 Width = 0; 1430 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1431 break; 1432 1433 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1434 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1435 1436 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1437 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1438 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1439 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1440 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1441 Align = EltInfo.second; 1442 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1443 break; 1444 } 1445 case Type::ExtVector: 1446 case Type::Vector: { 1447 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1448 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1449 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1450 Align = Width; 1451 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1452 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1453 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1454 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1455 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1456 } 1457 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1458 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1459 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1460 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1461 break; 1462 } 1463 1464 case Type::Builtin: 1465 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1466 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1467 case BuiltinType::Void: 1468 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1469 Width = 0; 1470 Align = 8; 1471 break; 1472 1473 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1474 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1475 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1476 break; 1477 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1478 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1479 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1480 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1481 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1482 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1483 break; 1484 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1485 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1486 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1487 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1488 break; 1489 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1490 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1491 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1492 break; 1493 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1494 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1495 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1496 break; 1497 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1498 case BuiltinType::Short: 1499 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1500 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1501 break; 1502 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1503 case BuiltinType::Int: 1504 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1505 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1506 break; 1507 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1508 case BuiltinType::Long: 1509 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1510 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1511 break; 1512 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1513 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1514 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1515 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1516 break; 1517 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1518 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1519 Width = 128; 1520 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1521 break; 1522 case BuiltinType::Half: 1523 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1524 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1525 break; 1526 case BuiltinType::Float: 1527 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1528 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1529 break; 1530 case BuiltinType::Double: 1531 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1532 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1533 break; 1534 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1535 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1536 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1537 break; 1538 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1539 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1540 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1541 break; 1542 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1543 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1544 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1545 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1546 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1547 break; 1548 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 1549 // Samplers are modeled as integers. 1550 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1551 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1552 break; 1553 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 1554 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 1555 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 1556 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 1557 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 1558 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 1559 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 1560 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. 1561 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1562 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1563 break; 1564 } 1565 break; 1566 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1567 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1568 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1569 break; 1570 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1571 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1572 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1573 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1574 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1575 break; 1576 } 1577 case Type::LValueReference: 1578 case Type::RValueReference: { 1579 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1580 // the pointer route. 1581 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1582 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1583 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1584 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1585 break; 1586 } 1587 case Type::Pointer: { 1588 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1589 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1590 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1591 break; 1592 } 1593 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1594 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1595 llvm::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT); 1596 break; 1597 } 1598 case Type::Complex: { 1599 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1600 // size. 1601 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1602 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1603 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1604 Align = EltInfo.second; 1605 break; 1606 } 1607 case Type::ObjCObject: 1608 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1609 case Type::Decayed: 1610 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecayedType>(T)->getDecayedType().getTypePtr()); 1611 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1612 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1613 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1614 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1615 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1616 break; 1617 } 1618 case Type::Record: 1619 case Type::Enum: { 1620 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1621 1622 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1623 Width = 8; 1624 Align = 8; 1625 break; 1626 } 1627 1628 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1629 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1630 1631 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1632 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1633 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1634 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1635 break; 1636 } 1637 1638 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1639 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1640 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1641 1642 case Type::Auto: { 1643 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1644 assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() && 1645 "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type"); 1646 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1647 } 1648 1649 case Type::Paren: 1650 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1651 1652 case Type::Typedef: { 1653 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1654 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1655 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1656 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1657 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1658 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1659 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1660 Align = AttrAlign; 1661 else 1662 Align = Info.second; 1663 Width = Info.first; 1664 break; 1665 } 1666 1667 case Type::Elaborated: 1668 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1669 1670 case Type::Attributed: 1671 return getTypeInfo( 1672 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1673 1674 case Type::Atomic: { 1675 // Start with the base type information. 1676 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1677 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1678 Width = Info.first; 1679 Align = Info.second; 1680 1681 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max 1682 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more 1683 // favorable to atomic operations: 1684 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { 1685 // Round the size up to a power of 2. 1686 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 1687 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); 1688 1689 // Set the alignment equal to the size. 1690 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1691 } 1692 } 1693 1694 } 1695 1696 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1697 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1698} 1699 1700/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1701CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1702 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1703} 1704 1705/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1706int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1707 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1708} 1709 1710/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1711/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1712CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1713 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; 1714} 1715CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1716 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; 1717} 1718 1719/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1720/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1721CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1722 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1723} 1724CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1725 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1726} 1727 1728/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1729/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1730/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1731/// a data type. 1732unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1733 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1734 1735 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1736 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1737 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1738 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1739 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1740 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1741 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1742 1743 return ABIAlign; 1744} 1745 1746/// getAlignOfGlobalVar - Return the alignment in bits that should be given 1747/// to a global variable of the specified type. 1748unsigned ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVar(QualType T) const { 1749 return std::max(getTypeAlign(T), getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1750} 1751 1752/// getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars - Return the alignment in characters that 1753/// should be given to a global variable of the specified type. 1754CharUnits ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(QualType T) const { 1755 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getAlignOfGlobalVar(T)); 1756} 1757 1758/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1759/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1760/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1761/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1762/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1763/// 1764void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1765 bool leafClass, 1766 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1767 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1768 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1769 if (!leafClass) { 1770 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1771 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1772 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1773 } else { 1774 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1775 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1776 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1777 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1778 } 1779} 1780 1781/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1782/// those inherited by it. 1783void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1784 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1785 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1786 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1787 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1788 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1789 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1790 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1791 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1792 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1793 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1794 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1795 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1796 } 1797 } 1798 1799 // Categories of this Interface. 1800 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator 1801 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(), 1802 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end(); 1803 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) { 1804 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols); 1805 } 1806 1807 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1808 while (SD) { 1809 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1810 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1811 } 1812 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1813 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1814 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1815 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1816 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1817 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1818 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1819 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1820 } 1821 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1822 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1823 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1824 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1825 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1826 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1827 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1828 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1829 } 1830 } 1831} 1832 1833unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1834 unsigned count = 0; 1835 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1836 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 1837 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(), 1838 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end(); 1839 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 1840 count += Ext->ivar_size(); 1841 } 1842 1843 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1844 // includes synthesized ivars. 1845 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1846 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1847 1848 return count; 1849} 1850 1851bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1852 if (!E) 1853 return false; 1854 1855 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1856 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1857 1858 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1859 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1860 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1861 return true; 1862 1863 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1864 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1865 1866 return false; 1867} 1868 1869/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1870ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1871 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1872 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1873 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1874 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1875 return 0; 1876} 1877/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1878ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1879 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1880 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1881 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1882 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1883 return 0; 1884} 1885 1886/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1887void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1888 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1889 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1890 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1891} 1892/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1893void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1894 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1895 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1896 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1897} 1898 1899const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( 1900 const NamedDecl *ND) const { 1901 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = 1902 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1903 return ID; 1904 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = 1905 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1906 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1907 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = 1908 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1909 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1910 1911 return 0; 1912} 1913 1914/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1915/// none exists. 1916Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1917 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1918 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1919 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1920 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1921 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1922 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1923} 1924 1925/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1926void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1927 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1928 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1929 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1930 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1931} 1932 1933TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1934 unsigned DataSize) const { 1935 if (!DataSize) 1936 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1937 else 1938 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1939 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1940 1941 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1942 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1943 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1944 return TInfo; 1945} 1946 1947TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1948 SourceLocation L) const { 1949 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1950 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1951 return DI; 1952} 1953 1954const ASTRecordLayout & 1955ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1956 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1957} 1958 1959const ASTRecordLayout & 1960ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1961 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1962 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1963} 1964 1965//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1966// Type creation/memoization methods 1967//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1968 1969QualType 1970ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1971 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1972 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1973 1974 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1975 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1976 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1977 void *insertPos = 0; 1978 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1979 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1980 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1981 } 1982 1983 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1984 QualType canon; 1985 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1986 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1987 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1988 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1989 1990 // Re-find the insert position. 1991 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1992 } 1993 1994 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1995 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1996 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1997} 1998 1999QualType 2000ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 2001 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2002 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 2003 return T; 2004 2005 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2006 // into one ExtQuals node. 2007 QualifierCollector Quals; 2008 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2009 2010 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 2011 // another one. 2012 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 2013 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 2014 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 2015 2016 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2017} 2018 2019QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 2020 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 2021 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2022 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 2023 return T; 2024 2025 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 2026 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 2027 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 2028 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 2029 return getPointerType(ResultType); 2030 } 2031 } 2032 2033 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2034 // into one ExtQuals node. 2035 QualifierCollector Quals; 2036 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2037 2038 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 2039 // another one. 2040 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 2041 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 2042 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 2043 2044 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2045} 2046 2047const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 2048 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 2049 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 2050 return T; 2051 2052 QualType Result; 2053 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 2054 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 2055 } else { 2056 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 2057 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2058 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 2059 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI); 2060 } 2061 2062 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 2063} 2064 2065void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD, 2066 QualType ResultType) { 2067 FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl(); 2068 while (true) { 2069 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2070 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2071 FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 2072 if (FunctionDecl *Next = FD->getPreviousDecl()) 2073 FD = Next; 2074 else 2075 break; 2076 } 2077 if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener()) 2078 L->DeducedReturnType(FD, ResultType); 2079} 2080 2081/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 2082/// number with the specified element type. 2083QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 2084 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2085 // structure. 2086 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2087 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 2088 2089 void *InsertPos = 0; 2090 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2091 return QualType(CT, 0); 2092 2093 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2094 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2095 QualType Canonical; 2096 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2097 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2098 2099 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2100 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2101 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2102 } 2103 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 2104 Types.push_back(New); 2105 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2106 return QualType(New, 0); 2107} 2108 2109/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 2110/// the specified type. 2111QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 2112 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2113 // structure. 2114 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2115 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2116 2117 void *InsertPos = 0; 2118 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2119 return QualType(PT, 0); 2120 2121 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2122 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2123 QualType Canonical; 2124 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2125 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2126 2127 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2128 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2129 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2130 } 2131 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 2132 Types.push_back(New); 2133 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2134 return QualType(New, 0); 2135} 2136 2137QualType ASTContext::getDecayedType(QualType T) const { 2138 assert((T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) && "T does not decay"); 2139 2140 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2141 DecayedType::Profile(ID, T); 2142 void *InsertPos = 0; 2143 if (DecayedType *DT = DecayedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2144 return QualType(DT, 0); 2145 2146 QualType Decayed; 2147 2148 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 2149 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 2150 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 2151 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 2152 // the array type derivation. 2153 if (T->isArrayType()) 2154 Decayed = getArrayDecayedType(T); 2155 2156 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 2157 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 2158 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 2159 // in 6.3.2.1. 2160 if (T->isFunctionType()) 2161 Decayed = getPointerType(T); 2162 2163 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decayed); 2164 2165 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2166 DecayedType *NewIP = DecayedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2167 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2168 2169 DecayedType *New = 2170 new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecayedType(T, Decayed, Canonical); 2171 Types.push_back(New); 2172 DecayedTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2173 return QualType(New, 0); 2174} 2175 2176/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 2177/// a pointer to the specified block. 2178QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 2179 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 2180 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 2181 // structure. 2182 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2183 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2184 2185 void *InsertPos = 0; 2186 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 2187 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2188 return QualType(PT, 0); 2189 2190 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2191 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 2192 QualType Canonical; 2193 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2194 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2195 2196 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2197 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 2198 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2199 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2200 } 2201 BlockPointerType *New 2202 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2203 Types.push_back(New); 2204 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2205 return QualType(New, 0); 2206} 2207 2208/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2209/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2210QualType 2211ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2212 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2213 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2214 2215 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2216 // structure. 2217 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2218 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2219 2220 void *InsertPos = 0; 2221 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2222 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2223 return QualType(RT, 0); 2224 2225 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2226 2227 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2228 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2229 QualType Canonical; 2230 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2231 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2232 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2233 2234 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2235 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2236 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2237 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2238 } 2239 2240 LValueReferenceType *New 2241 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2242 SpelledAsLValue); 2243 Types.push_back(New); 2244 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2245 2246 return QualType(New, 0); 2247} 2248 2249/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2250/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2251QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2252 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2253 // structure. 2254 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2255 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2256 2257 void *InsertPos = 0; 2258 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2259 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2260 return QualType(RT, 0); 2261 2262 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2263 2264 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2265 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2266 QualType Canonical; 2267 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2268 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2269 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2270 2271 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2272 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2273 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2274 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2275 } 2276 2277 RValueReferenceType *New 2278 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2279 Types.push_back(New); 2280 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2281 return QualType(New, 0); 2282} 2283 2284/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2285/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2286QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2287 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2288 // structure. 2289 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2290 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2291 2292 void *InsertPos = 0; 2293 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2294 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2295 return QualType(PT, 0); 2296 2297 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2298 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2299 QualType Canonical; 2300 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2301 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2302 2303 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2304 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2305 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2306 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2307 } 2308 MemberPointerType *New 2309 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2310 Types.push_back(New); 2311 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2312 return QualType(New, 0); 2313} 2314 2315/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2316/// array of the specified element type. 2317QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2318 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2319 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2320 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2321 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2322 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2323 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2324 2325 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2326 // the target. 2327 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2328 ArySize = 2329 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2330 2331 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2332 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2333 2334 void *InsertPos = 0; 2335 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2336 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2337 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2338 2339 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2340 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2341 QualType Canon; 2342 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2343 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2344 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2345 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2346 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2347 2348 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2349 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2350 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2351 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2352 } 2353 2354 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2355 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2356 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2357 Types.push_back(New); 2358 return QualType(New, 0); 2359} 2360 2361/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2362/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2363/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2364QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2365 // Vastly most common case. 2366 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2367 2368 QualType result; 2369 2370 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2371 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2372 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2373#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2374#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2375#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2376#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2377 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2378 2379 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2380 case Type::Builtin: 2381 case Type::Complex: 2382 case Type::Vector: 2383 case Type::ExtVector: 2384 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2385 case Type::ObjCObject: 2386 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2387 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2388 case Type::Record: 2389 case Type::Enum: 2390 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2391 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2392 case Type::TypeOf: 2393 case Type::Decltype: 2394 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2395 case Type::DependentName: 2396 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2397 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2398 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2399 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2400 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2401 case Type::Auto: 2402 case Type::PackExpansion: 2403 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2404 2405 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2406 // further decay. 2407 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2408 case Type::FunctionProto: 2409 case Type::BlockPointer: 2410 case Type::MemberPointer: 2411 return type; 2412 2413 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2414 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2415 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2416 // optimizations available here. 2417 case Type::Pointer: 2418 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2419 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2420 break; 2421 2422 case Type::LValueReference: { 2423 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2424 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2425 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2426 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2427 break; 2428 } 2429 2430 case Type::RValueReference: { 2431 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2432 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2433 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2434 break; 2435 } 2436 2437 case Type::Atomic: { 2438 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2439 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2440 break; 2441 } 2442 2443 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2444 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2445 result = getConstantArrayType( 2446 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2447 cat->getSize(), 2448 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2449 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2450 break; 2451 } 2452 2453 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2454 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2455 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2456 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2457 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2458 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2459 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2460 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2461 break; 2462 } 2463 2464 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2465 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2466 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2467 result = getVariableArrayType( 2468 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2469 /*size*/ 0, 2470 ArrayType::Normal, 2471 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2472 SourceRange()); 2473 break; 2474 } 2475 2476 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2477 case Type::VariableArray: { 2478 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2479 result = getVariableArrayType( 2480 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2481 /*size*/ 0, 2482 ArrayType::Star, 2483 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2484 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2485 break; 2486 } 2487 } 2488 2489 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2490 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2491} 2492 2493/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2494/// variable array of the specified element type. 2495QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2496 Expr *NumElts, 2497 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2498 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2499 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2500 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2501 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2502 QualType Canon; 2503 2504 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2505 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2506 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2507 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2508 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2509 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2510 } 2511 2512 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2513 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2514 2515 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2516 Types.push_back(New); 2517 return QualType(New, 0); 2518} 2519 2520/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2521/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2522/// type. 2523QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2524 Expr *numElements, 2525 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2526 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2527 SourceRange brackets) const { 2528 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2529 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2530 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2531 2532 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2533 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2534 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2535 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2536 if (!numElements) { 2537 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2538 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2539 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2540 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2541 brackets); 2542 Types.push_back(newType); 2543 return QualType(newType, 0); 2544 } 2545 2546 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2547 // also build a canonical type. 2548 2549 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2550 2551 void *insertPos = 0; 2552 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2553 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2554 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2555 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2556 2557 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2558 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2559 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2560 2561 // If we don't have one, build one. 2562 if (!canonTy) { 2563 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2564 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2565 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2566 brackets); 2567 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2568 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2569 } 2570 2571 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2572 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2573 canonElementType.Quals); 2574 2575 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2576 // then just use that as our result. 2577 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2578 return canon; 2579 2580 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2581 // of the element type. 2582 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2583 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2584 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2585 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2586 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2587 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2588} 2589 2590QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2591 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2592 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2593 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2594 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2595 2596 void *insertPos = 0; 2597 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2598 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2599 return QualType(iat, 0); 2600 2601 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2602 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2603 // qualifiers off the element type. 2604 QualType canon; 2605 2606 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2607 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2608 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2609 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2610 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2611 2612 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2613 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2614 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2615 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2616 } 2617 2618 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2619 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2620 2621 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2622 Types.push_back(newType); 2623 return QualType(newType, 0); 2624} 2625 2626/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2627/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2628QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2629 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2630 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2631 2632 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2633 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2634 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2635 2636 void *InsertPos = 0; 2637 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2638 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2639 2640 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2641 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2642 QualType Canonical; 2643 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2644 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2645 2646 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2647 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2648 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2649 } 2650 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2651 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2652 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2653 Types.push_back(New); 2654 return QualType(New, 0); 2655} 2656 2657/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2658/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2659QualType 2660ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2661 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2662 2663 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2664 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2665 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2666 VectorType::GenericVector); 2667 void *InsertPos = 0; 2668 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2669 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2670 2671 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2672 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2673 QualType Canonical; 2674 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2675 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2676 2677 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2678 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2679 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2680 } 2681 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2682 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2683 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2684 Types.push_back(New); 2685 return QualType(New, 0); 2686} 2687 2688QualType 2689ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2690 Expr *SizeExpr, 2691 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2692 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2693 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2694 SizeExpr); 2695 2696 void *InsertPos = 0; 2697 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2698 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2699 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2700 if (Canon) { 2701 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2702 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2703 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2704 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2705 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2706 } else { 2707 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2708 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2709 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2710 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2711 AttrLoc); 2712 2713 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2714 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2715 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2716 (void)CanonCheck; 2717 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2718 } else { 2719 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2720 SourceLocation()); 2721 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2722 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2723 } 2724 } 2725 2726 Types.push_back(New); 2727 return QualType(New, 0); 2728} 2729 2730/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2731/// 2732QualType 2733ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2734 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2735 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2736 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2737 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2738 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2739 // structure. 2740 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2741 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2742 2743 void *InsertPos = 0; 2744 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2745 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2746 return QualType(FT, 0); 2747 2748 QualType Canonical; 2749 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2750 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2751 Canonical = 2752 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2753 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2754 2755 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2756 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2757 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2758 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2759 } 2760 2761 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2762 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2763 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2764 Types.push_back(New); 2765 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2766 return QualType(New, 0); 2767} 2768 2769/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. 2770static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { 2771 return T.isCanonical() && 2772 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || 2773 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); 2774} 2775 2776/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2777/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2778QualType 2779ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray, 2780 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2781 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); 2782 2783 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2784 // structure. 2785 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2786 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, 2787 *this); 2788 2789 void *InsertPos = 0; 2790 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2791 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2792 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2793 2794 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2795 bool isCanonical = 2796 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && 2797 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2798 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2799 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2800 isCanonical = false; 2801 2802 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2803 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2804 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2805 2806 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2807 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2808 QualType Canonical; 2809 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2810 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2811 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2812 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2813 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2814 2815 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2816 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2817 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2818 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2819 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2820 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2821 2822 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. 2823 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy); 2824 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { 2825 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers(); 2826 Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); 2827 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); 2828 } 2829 2830 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI); 2831 2832 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2833 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2834 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2835 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2836 } 2837 2838 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2839 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2840 // - parameter types 2841 // - exception types 2842 // - consumed-arguments flags 2843 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2844 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2845 // specification. 2846 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2847 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2848 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2849 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2850 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2851 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2852 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2853 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2854 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2855 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2856 } 2857 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2858 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2859 2860 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2861 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2862 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2863 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); 2864 Types.push_back(FTP); 2865 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2866 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2867} 2868 2869#ifndef NDEBUG 2870static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2871 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2872 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2873 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2874 return true; 2875 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2876 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2877 return true; 2878 return false; 2879} 2880#endif 2881 2882/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2883/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2884QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2885 QualType TST) const { 2886 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2887 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2888 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2889 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2890 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2891 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2892 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2893 } else { 2894 Type *newType = 2895 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2896 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2897 Types.push_back(newType); 2898 } 2899 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2900} 2901 2902/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2903/// specified type declaration. 2904QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2905 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2906 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2907 2908 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2909 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2910 2911 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2912 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2913 2914 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2915 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2916 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2917 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2918 return getRecordType(Record); 2919 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2920 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2921 "enum has previous declaration"); 2922 return getEnumType(Enum); 2923 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2924 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2925 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2926 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2927 Types.push_back(newType); 2928 } else 2929 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2930 2931 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2932} 2933 2934/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2935/// specified typedef name decl. 2936QualType 2937ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2938 QualType Canonical) const { 2939 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2940 2941 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2942 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2943 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2944 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2945 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2946 Types.push_back(newType); 2947 return QualType(newType, 0); 2948} 2949 2950QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2951 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2952 2953 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2954 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2955 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2956 2957 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2958 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2959 Types.push_back(newType); 2960 return QualType(newType, 0); 2961} 2962 2963QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2964 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2965 2966 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2967 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2968 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2969 2970 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2971 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2972 Types.push_back(newType); 2973 return QualType(newType, 0); 2974} 2975 2976QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2977 QualType modifiedType, 2978 QualType equivalentType) { 2979 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2980 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2981 2982 void *insertPos = 0; 2983 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2984 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2985 2986 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2987 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2988 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2989 2990 Types.push_back(type); 2991 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2992 2993 return QualType(type, 0); 2994} 2995 2996 2997/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2998QualType 2999ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 3000 QualType Replacement) const { 3001 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 3002 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 3003 3004 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3005 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 3006 void *InsertPos = 0; 3007 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 3008 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3009 3010 if (!SubstParm) { 3011 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 3012 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 3013 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 3014 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 3015 } 3016 3017 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3018} 3019 3020/// \brief Retrieve a 3021QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 3022 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 3023 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 3024#ifndef NDEBUG 3025 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 3026 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 3027 P != PEnd; ++P) { 3028 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 3029 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 3030 } 3031#endif 3032 3033 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3034 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 3035 void *InsertPos = 0; 3036 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3037 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3038 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3039 3040 QualType Canon; 3041 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 3042 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 3043 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 3044 ArgPack); 3045 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3046 } 3047 3048 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3049 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 3050 ArgPack); 3051 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 3052 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 3053 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3054} 3055 3056/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 3057/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 3058/// name. 3059QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 3060 bool ParameterPack, 3061 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 3062 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3063 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 3064 void *InsertPos = 0; 3065 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 3066 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3067 3068 if (TypeParm) 3069 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3070 3071 if (TTPDecl) { 3072 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3073 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 3074 3075 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 3076 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3077 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 3078 (void)TypeCheck; 3079 } else 3080 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 3081 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3082 3083 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 3084 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 3085 3086 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3087} 3088 3089TypeSourceInfo * 3090ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 3091 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3092 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3093 QualType Underlying) const { 3094 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3095 "No dependent template names here!"); 3096 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 3097 3098 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 3099 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = 3100 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(); 3101 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 3102 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 3103 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 3104 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 3105 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 3106 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 3107 return DI; 3108} 3109 3110QualType 3111ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3112 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3113 QualType Underlying) const { 3114 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3115 "No dependent template names here!"); 3116 3117 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 3118 3119 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 3120 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 3121 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 3122 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 3123 3124 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 3125 Underlying); 3126} 3127 3128#ifndef NDEBUG 3129static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 3130 unsigned NumArgs) { 3131 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3132 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 3133 return true; 3134 3135 return true; 3136} 3137#endif 3138 3139QualType 3140ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3141 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3142 unsigned NumArgs, 3143 QualType Underlying) const { 3144 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3145 "No dependent template names here!"); 3146 // Look through qualified template names. 3147 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3148 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3149 3150 bool IsTypeAlias = 3151 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 3152 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 3153 QualType CanonType; 3154 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 3155 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 3156 else { 3157 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 3158 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 3159 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 3160 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 3161 IsTypeAlias = false; 3162 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 3163 NumArgs); 3164 } 3165 3166 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 3167 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 3168 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 3169 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3170 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 3171 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 3172 TypeAlignment); 3173 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3174 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 3175 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 3176 3177 Types.push_back(Spec); 3178 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3179} 3180 3181QualType 3182ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3183 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3184 unsigned NumArgs) const { 3185 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3186 "No dependent template names here!"); 3187 3188 // Look through qualified template names. 3189 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3190 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3191 3192 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 3193 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 3194 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 3195 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 3196 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3197 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 3198 3199 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 3200 // exists. 3201 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3202 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 3203 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 3204 3205 void *InsertPos = 0; 3206 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3207 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3208 3209 if (!Spec) { 3210 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 3211 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3212 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3213 TypeAlignment); 3214 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 3215 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 3216 QualType(), QualType()); 3217 Types.push_back(Spec); 3218 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3219 } 3220 3221 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3222 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3223 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3224} 3225 3226QualType 3227ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3228 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3229 QualType NamedType) const { 3230 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3231 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3232 3233 void *InsertPos = 0; 3234 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3235 if (T) 3236 return QualType(T, 0); 3237 3238 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3239 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3240 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3241 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3242 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3243 (void)CheckT; 3244 } 3245 3246 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3247 Types.push_back(T); 3248 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3249 return QualType(T, 0); 3250} 3251 3252QualType 3253ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3254 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3255 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3256 3257 void *InsertPos = 0; 3258 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3259 if (T) 3260 return QualType(T, 0); 3261 3262 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3263 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3264 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3265 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3266 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3267 (void)CheckT; 3268 } 3269 3270 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3271 Types.push_back(T); 3272 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3273 return QualType(T, 0); 3274} 3275 3276QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3277 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3278 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3279 QualType Canon) const { 3280 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3281 3282 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3283 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3284 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3285 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3286 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3287 3288 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3289 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3290 } 3291 3292 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3293 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3294 3295 void *InsertPos = 0; 3296 DependentNameType *T 3297 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3298 if (T) 3299 return QualType(T, 0); 3300 3301 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3302 Types.push_back(T); 3303 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3304 return QualType(T, 0); 3305} 3306 3307QualType 3308ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3309 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3310 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3311 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3312 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3313 // TODO: avoid this copy 3314 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3315 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3316 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3317 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3318 ArgCopy.size(), 3319 ArgCopy.data()); 3320} 3321 3322QualType 3323ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3324 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3325 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3326 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3327 unsigned NumArgs, 3328 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3329 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3330 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3331 3332 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3333 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3334 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3335 3336 void *InsertPos = 0; 3337 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3338 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3339 if (T) 3340 return QualType(T, 0); 3341 3342 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3343 3344 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3345 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3346 3347 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3348 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3349 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3350 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3351 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3352 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3353 } 3354 3355 QualType Canon; 3356 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3357 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3358 Name, NumArgs, 3359 CanonArgs.data()); 3360 3361 // Find the insert position again. 3362 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3363 } 3364 3365 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3366 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3367 TypeAlignment); 3368 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3369 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3370 Types.push_back(T); 3371 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3372 return QualType(T, 0); 3373} 3374 3375QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3376 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3377 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3378 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3379 3380 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3381 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3382 void *InsertPos = 0; 3383 PackExpansionType *T 3384 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3385 if (T) 3386 return QualType(T, 0); 3387 3388 QualType Canon; 3389 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3390 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3391 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3392 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3393 // parameters. 3394 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3395 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3396 3397 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3398 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3399 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3400 } 3401 } 3402 3403 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3404 Types.push_back(T); 3405 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3406 return QualType(T, 0); 3407} 3408 3409/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3410/// alphabetically. 3411static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3412 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3413 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3414} 3415 3416static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3417 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3418 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3419 3420 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3421 return false; 3422 3423 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3424 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3425 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3426 return false; 3427 return true; 3428} 3429 3430static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3431 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3432 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3433 3434 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3435 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3436 3437 // Canonicalize. 3438 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3439 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3440 3441 // Remove duplicates. 3442 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3443 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3444} 3445 3446QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3447 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3448 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3449 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3450 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3451 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3452 return BaseType; 3453 3454 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3455 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3456 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3457 void *InsertPos = 0; 3458 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3459 return QualType(QT, 0); 3460 3461 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3462 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3463 QualType Canonical; 3464 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3465 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3466 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3467 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3468 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3469 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3470 3471 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3472 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3473 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3474 } else { 3475 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3476 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3477 } 3478 3479 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3480 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3481 } 3482 3483 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3484 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3485 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3486 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3487 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3488 3489 Types.push_back(T); 3490 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3491 return QualType(T, 0); 3492} 3493 3494/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3495/// the given object type. 3496QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3497 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3498 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3499 3500 void *InsertPos = 0; 3501 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3502 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3503 return QualType(QT, 0); 3504 3505 // Find the canonical object type. 3506 QualType Canonical; 3507 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3508 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3509 3510 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3511 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3512 } 3513 3514 // No match. 3515 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3516 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3517 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3518 3519 Types.push_back(QType); 3520 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3521 return QualType(QType, 0); 3522} 3523 3524/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3525/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3526QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3527 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3528 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3529 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3530 3531 if (PrevDecl) { 3532 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3533 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3534 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3535 } 3536 3537 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3538 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3539 Decl = Def; 3540 3541 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3542 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3543 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3544 Types.push_back(T); 3545 return QualType(T, 0); 3546} 3547 3548/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3549/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3550/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3551/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3552/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3553QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3554 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3555 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3556 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3557 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3558 3559 void *InsertPos = 0; 3560 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3561 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3562 if (Canon) { 3563 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3564 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3565 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3566 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3567 } else { 3568 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3569 Canon 3570 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3571 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3572 toe = Canon; 3573 } 3574 } else { 3575 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3576 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3577 } 3578 Types.push_back(toe); 3579 return QualType(toe, 0); 3580} 3581 3582/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3583/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3584/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3585/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3586/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3587QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3588 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3589 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3590 Types.push_back(tot); 3591 return QualType(tot, 0); 3592} 3593 3594 3595/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3596/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3597/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3598/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3599/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3600QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3601 DecltypeType *dt; 3602 3603 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3604 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3605 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3606 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3607 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3608 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3609 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3610 3611 void *InsertPos = 0; 3612 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3613 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3614 if (Canon) { 3615 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3616 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3617 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3618 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3619 } else { 3620 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3621 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3622 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3623 dt = Canon; 3624 } 3625 } else { 3626 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3627 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3628 } 3629 Types.push_back(dt); 3630 return QualType(dt, 0); 3631} 3632 3633/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3634/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3635QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3636 QualType UnderlyingType, 3637 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3638 const { 3639 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3640 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3641 Kind, 3642 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3643 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3644 Types.push_back(Ty); 3645 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3646} 3647 3648/// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been 3649/// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the 3650/// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type. 3651QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, bool IsDecltypeAuto, 3652 bool IsDependent) const { 3653 if (DeducedType.isNull() && !IsDecltypeAuto && !IsDependent) 3654 return getAutoDeductType(); 3655 3656 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3657 void *InsertPos = 0; 3658 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3659 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, IsDecltypeAuto, IsDependent); 3660 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3661 return QualType(AT, 0); 3662 3663 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType, 3664 IsDecltypeAuto, 3665 IsDependent); 3666 Types.push_back(AT); 3667 if (InsertPos) 3668 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3669 return QualType(AT, 0); 3670} 3671 3672/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3673/// the given value type. 3674QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3675 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3676 // structure. 3677 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3678 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3679 3680 void *InsertPos = 0; 3681 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3682 return QualType(AT, 0); 3683 3684 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3685 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3686 QualType Canonical; 3687 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3688 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3689 3690 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3691 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3692 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3693 } 3694 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3695 Types.push_back(New); 3696 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3697 return QualType(New, 0); 3698} 3699 3700/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3701QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3702 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3703 AutoDeductTy = QualType( 3704 new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), /*decltype(auto)*/false, 3705 /*dependent*/false), 3706 0); 3707 return AutoDeductTy; 3708} 3709 3710/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3711QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3712 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3713 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3714 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3715 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3716} 3717 3718/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3719/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3720QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3721 assert (Decl); 3722 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3723 // away const? mutable? 3724 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3725} 3726 3727/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3728/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3729/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3730CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3731 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3732} 3733 3734/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3735CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3736 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3737} 3738 3739/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3740CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3741 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3742} 3743 3744/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3745/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3746QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3747 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3748 return WCharTy; 3749} 3750 3751/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3752/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3753QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3754 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3755 return UnsignedIntTy; 3756} 3757 3758QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { 3759 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); 3760} 3761 3762QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { 3763 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); 3764} 3765 3766/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3767/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3768QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3769 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3770} 3771 3772/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3773/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3774QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3775 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3776} 3777 3778//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3779// Type Operators 3780//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3781 3782CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3783 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3784 // qualifiers. 3785 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3786 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3787 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3788 QualType Result; 3789 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3790 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3791 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3792 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3793 } else { 3794 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3795 } 3796 3797 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3798} 3799 3800QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3801 Qualifiers &quals) { 3802 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3803 3804 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3805 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3806 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3807 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3808 const ArrayType *AT = 3809 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3810 3811 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3812 if (!AT) { 3813 quals = splitType.Quals; 3814 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3815 } 3816 3817 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3818 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3819 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3820 3821 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3822 // can just use the results in splitType. 3823 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3824 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3825 quals = splitType.Quals; 3826 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3827 } 3828 3829 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3830 // build the type back up. 3831 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3832 3833 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3834 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3835 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3836 } 3837 3838 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3839 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3840 } 3841 3842 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3843 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3844 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3845 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3846 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3847 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3848 } 3849 3850 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3851 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3852 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3853 SourceRange()); 3854} 3855 3856/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3857/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3858/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3859/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3860/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3861/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3862/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3863/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3864bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3865 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3866 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3867 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3868 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3869 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3870 return true; 3871 } 3872 3873 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3874 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3875 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3876 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3877 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3878 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3879 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3880 return true; 3881 } 3882 3883 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3884 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3885 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3886 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3887 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3888 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3889 return true; 3890 } 3891 } 3892 3893 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3894 3895 return false; 3896} 3897 3898DeclarationNameInfo 3899ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3900 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3901 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3902 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3903 case TemplateName::Template: 3904 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3905 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3906 NameLoc); 3907 3908 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3909 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3910 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3911 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3912 } 3913 3914 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3915 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3916 DeclarationName DName; 3917 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3918 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3919 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3920 } else { 3921 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3922 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3923 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3924 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3925 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3926 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3927 } 3928 } 3929 3930 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3931 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3932 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3933 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3934 NameLoc); 3935 } 3936 3937 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3938 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3939 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3940 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3941 NameLoc); 3942 } 3943 } 3944 3945 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3946} 3947 3948TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3949 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3950 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3951 case TemplateName::Template: { 3952 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3953 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3954 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3955 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3956 3957 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3958 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3959 } 3960 3961 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3962 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3963 3964 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3965 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3966 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3967 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3968 } 3969 3970 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3971 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3972 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3973 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3974 } 3975 3976 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3977 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3978 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3979 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3980 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3981 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3982 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3983 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3984 } 3985 } 3986 3987 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3988} 3989 3990bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3991 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3992 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3993 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3994} 3995 3996TemplateArgument 3997ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3998 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3999 case TemplateArgument::Null: 4000 return Arg; 4001 4002 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 4003 return Arg; 4004 4005 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 4006 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 4007 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 4008 } 4009 4010 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 4011 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 4012 /*isNullPtr*/true); 4013 4014 case TemplateArgument::Template: 4015 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 4016 4017 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 4018 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 4019 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 4020 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 4021 4022 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 4023 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 4024 4025 case TemplateArgument::Type: 4026 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 4027 4028 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 4029 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 4030 return Arg; 4031 4032 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 4033 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 4034 unsigned Idx = 0; 4035 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 4036 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 4037 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 4038 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 4039 4040 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 4041 } 4042 } 4043 4044 // Silence GCC warning 4045 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 4046} 4047 4048NestedNameSpecifier * 4049ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 4050 if (!NNS) 4051 return 0; 4052 4053 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 4054 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 4055 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 4056 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 4057 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 4058 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 4059 4060 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 4061 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4062 // this namespace and no prefix. 4063 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4064 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 4065 4066 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 4067 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4068 // this namespace and no prefix. 4069 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4070 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 4071 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 4072 4073 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 4074 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 4075 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 4076 4077 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 4078 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 4079 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 4080 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 4081 // types, e.g., 4082 // typedef typename T::type T1; 4083 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 4084 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 4085 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 4086 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 4087 4088 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 4089 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 4090 // first place? 4091 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 4092 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 4093 } 4094 4095 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 4096 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 4097 return NNS; 4098 } 4099 4100 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 4101} 4102 4103 4104const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 4105 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 4106 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 4107 // Handle the common positive case fast. 4108 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 4109 return AT; 4110 } 4111 4112 // Handle the common negative case fast. 4113 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 4114 return 0; 4115 4116 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 4117 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 4118 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 4119 4120 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 4121 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 4122 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 4123 4124 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4125 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 4126 4127 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 4128 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 4129 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 4130 return ATy; 4131 4132 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 4133 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 4134 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 4135 4136 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 4137 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 4138 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 4139 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4140 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 4141 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 4142 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 4143 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4144 4145 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 4146 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 4147 return cast<ArrayType>( 4148 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 4149 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 4150 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 4151 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4152 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 4153 4154 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 4155 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 4156 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 4157 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 4158 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4159 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 4160} 4161 4162QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 4163 if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4164 return getDecayedType(T); 4165 return T; 4166} 4167 4168QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 4169 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 4170 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 4171 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 4172} 4173 4174/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 4175/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 4176/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 4177/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 4178/// 4179/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 4180QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 4181 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 4182 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 4183 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 4184 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 4185 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 4186 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 4187 4188 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 4189 4190 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 4191 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 4192} 4193 4194QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 4195 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 4196} 4197 4198QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 4199 Qualifiers qs; 4200 while (true) { 4201 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4202 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 4203 if (!array) break; 4204 4205 type = array->getElementType(); 4206 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 4207 } 4208 4209 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 4210} 4211 4212/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 4213uint64_t 4214ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 4215 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 4216 do { 4217 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4218 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( 4219 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); 4220 } while (CA); 4221 return ElementCount; 4222} 4223 4224/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4225/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4226static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4227 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4228 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4229 4230 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4231 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4232 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4233 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4234 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4235 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4236 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4237 } 4238} 4239 4240/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4241/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4242/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4243/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4244QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4245 QualType Domain) const { 4246 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4247 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4248 switch (EltRank) { 4249 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4250 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4251 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4252 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4253 } 4254 } 4255 4256 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4257 switch (EltRank) { 4258 case HalfRank: return HalfTy; 4259 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4260 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4261 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4262 } 4263 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4264} 4265 4266/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4267/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4268/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4269/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4270int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4271 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4272 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4273 4274 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4275 return 0; 4276 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4277 return 1; 4278 return -1; 4279} 4280 4281/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4282/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4283/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4284unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4285 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4286 4287 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4288 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4289 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4290 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4291 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4292 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4293 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4294 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4295 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4296 case BuiltinType::Short: 4297 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4298 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4299 case BuiltinType::Int: 4300 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4301 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4302 case BuiltinType::Long: 4303 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4304 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4305 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4306 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4307 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4308 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4309 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4310 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4311 } 4312} 4313 4314/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4315/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4316/// 4317/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4318/// promotion occurs. 4319QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4320 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4321 return QualType(); 4322 4323 FieldDecl *Field = E->getSourceBitField(); // FIXME: conditional bit-fields? 4324 if (!Field) 4325 return QualType(); 4326 4327 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4328 4329 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4330 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4331 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4332 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4333 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4334 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4335 return IntTy; 4336 4337 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4338 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4339 4340 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4341 // like the base type. 4342 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4343 // is ridiculous. 4344 return QualType(); 4345} 4346 4347/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4348/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4349/// integer type. 4350QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4351 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4352 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4353 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4354 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4355 4356 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4357 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4358 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4359 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4360 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4361 // unsigned long long int [...] 4362 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4363 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4364 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4365 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4366 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4367 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4368 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4369 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4370 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4371 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4372 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4373 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4374 (FromSize == ToSize && 4375 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4376 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4377 } 4378 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4379 } 4380 } 4381 4382 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4383 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4384 return IntTy; 4385 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4386 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4387 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4388 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4389} 4390 4391/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4392/// type and returns its ownership. 4393Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4394 while (!T.isNull()) { 4395 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4396 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4397 if (T->isArrayType()) 4398 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4399 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4400 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4401 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4402 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4403 else 4404 break; 4405 } 4406 4407 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4408} 4409 4410/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4411/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4412/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4413int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4414 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4415 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4416 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4417 4418 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4419 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4420 4421 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4422 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4423 4424 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4425 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4426 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4427 } 4428 4429 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4430 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4431 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4432 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4433 return 1; 4434 4435 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4436 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4437 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4438 return -1; 4439 } 4440 4441 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4442 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4443 return -1; 4444 4445 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4446 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4447 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4448 return 1; 4449} 4450 4451static RecordDecl * 4452CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4453 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4454 SourceLocation Loc; 4455 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4456 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4457 else 4458 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4459} 4460 4461// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4462QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4463 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4464 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4465 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4466 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4467 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4468 4469 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4470 4471 // const int *isa; 4472 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4473 // int flags; 4474 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4475 // const char *str; 4476 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4477 // long length; 4478 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4479 4480 // Create fields 4481 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4482 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4483 SourceLocation(), 4484 SourceLocation(), 0, 4485 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4486 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4487 /*Mutable=*/false, 4488 ICIS_NoInit); 4489 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4490 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4491 } 4492 4493 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4494 } 4495 4496 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4497} 4498 4499QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { 4500 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { 4501 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = 4502 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super")); 4503 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4504 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4505 } 4506 return ObjCSuperType; 4507} 4508 4509void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4510 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4511 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4512 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4513} 4514 4515QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4516 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4517 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4518 4519 RecordDecl *T; 4520 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4521 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4522 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4523 T->startDefinition(); 4524 4525 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4526 UnsignedLongTy, 4527 UnsignedLongTy, 4528 }; 4529 4530 static const char *const FieldNames[] = { 4531 "reserved", 4532 "Size" 4533 }; 4534 4535 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4536 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4537 SourceLocation(), 4538 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4539 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4540 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4541 /*Mutable=*/false, 4542 ICIS_NoInit); 4543 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4544 T->addDecl(Field); 4545 } 4546 4547 T->completeDefinition(); 4548 4549 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4550 4551 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4552} 4553 4554QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4555 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4556 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4557 4558 RecordDecl *T; 4559 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4560 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4561 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4562 T->startDefinition(); 4563 4564 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4565 UnsignedLongTy, 4566 UnsignedLongTy, 4567 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4568 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4569 }; 4570 4571 static const char *const FieldNames[] = { 4572 "reserved", 4573 "Size", 4574 "CopyFuncPtr", 4575 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4576 }; 4577 4578 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4579 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4580 SourceLocation(), 4581 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4582 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4583 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4584 /*Mutable=*/false, 4585 ICIS_NoInit); 4586 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4587 T->addDecl(Field); 4588 } 4589 4590 T->completeDefinition(); 4591 4592 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4593 4594 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4595} 4596 4597/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4598/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4599/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4600bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4601 const VarDecl *D) { 4602 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4603 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4604 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4605 4606 return true; 4607 } 4608 4609 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4610 4611 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4612 4613 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4614 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4615 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4616 4617 switch (lifetime) { 4618 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4619 4620 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4621 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4622 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4623 return false; 4624 4625 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4626 // byref routines. 4627 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4628 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4629 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4630 return true; 4631 } 4632 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4633 } 4634 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4635 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4636} 4637 4638bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4639 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4640 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4641 4642 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4643 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4644 return false; 4645 4646 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4647 if (Ty->isRecordType()) { 4648 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4649 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4650 } 4651 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4652 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4653 // MRR. 4654 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4655 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4656 else 4657 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4658 return true; 4659} 4660 4661TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4662 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4663 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4664 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4665 SourceLocation(), 4666 SourceLocation(), 4667 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4668 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4669 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4670} 4671 4672// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4673// typedef <type> BOOL; 4674static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4675 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4676 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4677 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4678 4679 return false; 4680} 4681 4682/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4683/// purpose. 4684CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4685 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4686 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4687 4688 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4689 4690 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4691 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4692 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4693 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4694 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4695 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4696 return sz; 4697} 4698 4699static inline 4700std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4701 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4702} 4703 4704/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4705/// declaration. 4706std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4707 std::string S; 4708 4709 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4710 QualType BlockTy = 4711 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4712 // Encode result type. 4713 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4714 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4715 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4716 S, true /*Extended*/); 4717 else 4718 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4719 S); 4720 // Compute size of all parameters. 4721 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4722 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4723 SourceLocation Loc; 4724 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4725 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4726 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4727 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4728 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4729 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4730 if (sz.isZero()) 4731 continue; 4732 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4733 ParmOffset += sz; 4734 } 4735 // Size of the argument frame 4736 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4737 // Block pointer and offset. 4738 S += "@?0"; 4739 4740 // Argument types. 4741 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4742 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4743 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4744 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4745 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4746 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4747 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4748 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4749 // elements. 4750 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4751 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4752 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4753 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4754 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4755 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4756 S, true /*Extended*/); 4757 else 4758 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4759 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4760 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4761 } 4762 4763 return S; 4764} 4765 4766bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4767 std::string& S) { 4768 // Encode result type. 4769 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4770 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4771 // Compute size of all parameters. 4772 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4773 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4774 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4775 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4776 if (sz.isZero()) 4777 continue; 4778 4779 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4780 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4781 ParmOffset += sz; 4782 } 4783 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4784 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4785 4786 // Argument types. 4787 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4788 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4789 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4790 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4791 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4792 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4793 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4794 // elements. 4795 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4796 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4797 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4798 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4799 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4800 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4801 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4802 } 4803 4804 return false; 4805} 4806 4807/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4808/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4809/// block object types. 4810void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4811 QualType T, std::string& S, 4812 bool Extended) const { 4813 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4814 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4815 // Encode parameter type. 4816 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4817 true /*OutermostType*/, 4818 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4819 false /*StructField*/, 4820 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4821 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4822} 4823 4824/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4825/// declaration. 4826bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4827 std::string& S, 4828 bool Extended) const { 4829 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4830 // Encode return type. 4831 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4832 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4833 // Compute size of all parameters. 4834 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4835 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4836 SourceLocation Loc; 4837 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4838 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4839 // their size. 4840 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4841 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4842 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4843 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4844 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4845 if (sz.isZero()) 4846 continue; 4847 4848 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4849 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4850 ParmOffset += sz; 4851 } 4852 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4853 S += "@0:"; 4854 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4855 4856 // Argument types. 4857 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4858 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4859 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4860 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4861 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4862 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4863 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4864 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4865 // elements. 4866 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4867 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4868 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4869 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4870 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4871 PType, S, Extended); 4872 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4873 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4874 } 4875 4876 return false; 4877} 4878 4879/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4880/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4881/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4882/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4883/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4884/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4885/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4886/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4887/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4888/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4889/// @code 4890/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4891/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4892/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4893/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4894/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4895/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4896/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4897/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4898/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4899/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4900/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4901/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4902/// }; 4903/// @endcode 4904void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4905 const Decl *Container, 4906 std::string& S) const { 4907 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4908 bool Dynamic = false; 4909 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4910 4911 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4912 if (Container) { 4913 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4914 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4915 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4916 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4917 i != e; ++i) { 4918 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4919 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4920 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4921 Dynamic = true; 4922 } else { 4923 SynthesizePID = PID; 4924 } 4925 } 4926 } 4927 } else { 4928 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4929 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4930 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4931 i != e; ++i) { 4932 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4933 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4934 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4935 Dynamic = true; 4936 } else { 4937 SynthesizePID = PID; 4938 } 4939 } 4940 } 4941 } 4942 } 4943 4944 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4945 S = "T"; 4946 4947 // Encode result type. 4948 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4949 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4950 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4951 true /* outermost type */, 4952 true /* encoding for property */); 4953 4954 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4955 S += ",R"; 4956 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_copy) 4957 S += ",C"; 4958 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_retain) 4959 S += ",&"; 4960 } else { 4961 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4962 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4963 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4964 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4965 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4966 } 4967 } 4968 4969 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4970 // are "dynamic by default". 4971 if (Dynamic) 4972 S += ",D"; 4973 4974 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4975 S += ",N"; 4976 4977 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4978 S += ",G"; 4979 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4980 } 4981 4982 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4983 S += ",S"; 4984 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4985 } 4986 4987 if (SynthesizePID) { 4988 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4989 S += ",V"; 4990 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4991 } 4992 4993 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4994} 4995 4996/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4997/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4998/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4999/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 5000/// 5001void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 5002 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 5003 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 5004 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 5005 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 5006 else 5007 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 5008 PointeeTy = IntTy; 5009 } 5010 } 5011} 5012 5013void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 5014 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 5015 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 5016 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 5017 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 5018 // same type. 5019 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 5020 true /* outermost type */); 5021} 5022 5023static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, 5024 BuiltinType::Kind kind) { 5025 switch (kind) { 5026 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 5027 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 5028 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 5029 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 5030 case BuiltinType::Char16: 5031 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 5032 case BuiltinType::Char32: 5033 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 5034 case BuiltinType::ULong: 5035 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 5036 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 5037 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 5038 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 5039 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 5040 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 5041 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 5042 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 5043 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 5044 case BuiltinType::Long: 5045 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 5046 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 5047 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 5048 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 5049 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 5050 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 5051 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* 5052 5053 case BuiltinType::Half: 5054 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! 5055 return ' '; 5056 5057 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 5058 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 5059 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 5060 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); 5061 5062 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. 5063 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 5064 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 5065 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 5066 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 5067 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 5068 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 5069 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 5070 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 5071 case BuiltinType::Dependent: 5072#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) 5073#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ 5074 case BuiltinType::KIND: 5075#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" 5076 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); 5077 } 5078 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); 5079} 5080 5081static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 5082 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 5083 5084 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 5085 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 5086 return 'i'; 5087 5088 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 5089 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5090 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); 5091} 5092 5093static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 5094 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 5095 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 5096 S += 'b'; 5097 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 5098 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 5099 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 5100 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 5101 // 5102 // struct 5103 // { 5104 // int integer; 5105 // int flags:2; 5106 // }; 5107 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 5108 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 5109 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 5110 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 5111 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 5112 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 5113 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 5114 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5115 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 5116 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 5117 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 5118 else { 5119 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5120 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); 5121 } 5122 } 5123 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 5124} 5125 5126// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 5127void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 5128 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 5129 bool ExpandStructures, 5130 const FieldDecl *FD, 5131 bool OutermostType, 5132 bool EncodingProperty, 5133 bool StructField, 5134 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 5135 bool EncodeClassNames, 5136 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const { 5137 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); 5138 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { 5139 case Type::Builtin: 5140 case Type::Enum: 5141 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5142 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5143 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT)) 5144 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); 5145 else 5146 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT)); 5147 return; 5148 5149 case Type::Complex: { 5150 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>(); 5151 S += 'j'; 5152 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 5153 false); 5154 return; 5155 } 5156 5157 case Type::Atomic: { 5158 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>(); 5159 S += 'A'; 5160 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0, 5161 false, false); 5162 return; 5163 } 5164 5165 // encoding for pointer or reference types. 5166 case Type::Pointer: 5167 case Type::LValueReference: 5168 case Type::RValueReference: { 5169 QualType PointeeTy; 5170 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) { 5171 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>(); 5172 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 5173 S += ':'; 5174 return; 5175 } 5176 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 5177 } else { 5178 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); 5179 } 5180 5181 bool isReadOnly = false; 5182 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 5183 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 5184 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 5185 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 5186 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 5187 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 5188 isReadOnly = true; 5189 S += 'r'; 5190 } 5191 } else if (OutermostType) { 5192 QualType P = PointeeTy; 5193 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 5194 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5195 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 5196 isReadOnly = true; 5197 S += 'r'; 5198 } 5199 } 5200 if (isReadOnly) { 5201 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 5202 // combinations need to be rearranged. 5203 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 5204 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 5205 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 5206 } 5207 5208 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 5209 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 5210 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 5211 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 5212 S += '*'; 5213 return; 5214 } 5215 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5216 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 5217 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 5218 S += '#'; 5219 return; 5220 } 5221 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 5222 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 5223 S += '@'; 5224 return; 5225 } 5226 // fall through... 5227 } 5228 S += '^'; 5229 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 5230 5231 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5232 NULL); 5233 return; 5234 } 5235 5236 case Type::ConstantArray: 5237 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5238 case Type::VariableArray: { 5239 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT); 5240 5241 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 5242 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 5243 S += '^'; 5244 5245 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5246 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5247 } else { 5248 S += '['; 5249 5250 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 5251 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 5252 else { 5253 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 5254 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 5255 "Unknown array type!"); 5256 S += '0'; 5257 } 5258 5259 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5260 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5261 S += ']'; 5262 } 5263 return; 5264 } 5265 5266 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5267 case Type::FunctionProto: 5268 S += '?'; 5269 return; 5270 5271 case Type::Record: { 5272 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl(); 5273 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 5274 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 5275 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 5276 S += II->getName(); 5277 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 5278 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 5279 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 5280 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); 5281 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS, 5282 TemplateArgs.data(), 5283 TemplateArgs.size(), 5284 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 5285 } 5286 } else { 5287 S += '?'; 5288 } 5289 if (ExpandStructures) { 5290 S += '='; 5291 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5292 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5293 } else { 5294 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5295 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5296 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5297 if (FD) { 5298 S += '"'; 5299 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5300 S += '"'; 5301 } 5302 5303 // Special case bit-fields. 5304 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5305 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5306 *Field); 5307 } else { 5308 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5309 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5310 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5311 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5312 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5313 /*StructField*/true); 5314 } 5315 } 5316 } 5317 } 5318 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5319 return; 5320 } 5321 5322 case Type::BlockPointer: { 5323 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>(); 5324 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5325 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5326 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5327 5328 S += '<'; 5329 // Block return type 5330 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5331 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5332 FD, 5333 false /* OutermostType */, 5334 EncodingProperty, 5335 false /* StructField */, 5336 EncodeBlockParameters, 5337 EncodeClassNames); 5338 // Block self 5339 S += "@?"; 5340 // Block parameters 5341 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5342 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5343 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5344 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5345 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5346 ExpandStructures, 5347 FD, 5348 false /* OutermostType */, 5349 EncodingProperty, 5350 false /* StructField */, 5351 EncodeBlockParameters, 5352 EncodeClassNames); 5353 } 5354 } 5355 S += '>'; 5356 } 5357 return; 5358 } 5359 5360 case Type::ObjCObject: 5361 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 5362 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5363 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType(); 5364 5365 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed 5366 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'. 5367 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 5368 // @encode(class_name) 5369 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5370 S += '{'; 5371 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5372 S += II->getName(); 5373 S += '='; 5374 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5375 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5376 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5377 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5378 if (Field->isBitField()) 5379 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5380 else 5381 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD, 5382 false, false, false, false, false, 5383 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef); 5384 } 5385 S += '}'; 5386 return; 5387 } 5388 5389 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5390 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5391 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5392 S += '@'; 5393 return; 5394 } 5395 5396 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5397 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5398 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5399 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5400 S += '#'; 5401 return; 5402 } 5403 5404 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5405 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5406 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5407 ExpandStructures, FD); 5408 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5409 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5410 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5411 S += '"'; 5412 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5413 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5414 S += '<'; 5415 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5416 S += '>'; 5417 } 5418 S += '"'; 5419 } 5420 return; 5421 } 5422 5423 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5424 if (!EncodingProperty && 5425 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) && 5426 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) { 5427 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5428 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5429 // {...}; 5430 S += '^'; 5431 if (FD && OPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5432 // Prevent recursive encoding of fields in some rare cases. 5433 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OPT->getInterfaceDecl(); 5434 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5435 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5436 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5437 if (cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]) == FD) { 5438 S += '{'; 5439 S += OI->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5440 S += '}'; 5441 return; 5442 } 5443 } 5444 } 5445 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5446 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5447 NULL, 5448 false, false, false, false, false, 5449 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true); 5450 return; 5451 } 5452 5453 S += '@'; 5454 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5455 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5456 S += '"'; 5457 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5458 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5459 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5460 S += '<'; 5461 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5462 S += '>'; 5463 } 5464 S += '"'; 5465 } 5466 return; 5467 } 5468 5469 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5470 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. 5471 case Type::MemberPointer: 5472 return; 5473 5474 case Type::Vector: 5475 case Type::ExtVector: 5476 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5477 // insufficient. 5478 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5479 return; 5480 5481 case Type::Auto: 5482 // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery. 5483 // Just ignore it. 5484 return; 5485 5486#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5487#define TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5488#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5489 case Type::KIND: 5490#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5491 case Type::KIND: 5492#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5493 case Type::KIND: 5494#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5495 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); 5496 } 5497 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); 5498} 5499 5500void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5501 std::string &S, 5502 const FieldDecl *FD, 5503 bool includeVBases) const { 5504 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5505 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5506 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5507 return; 5508 5509 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5510 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5511 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5512 5513 if (CXXRec) { 5514 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5515 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5516 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5517 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5518 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5519 if (base->isEmpty()) 5520 continue; 5521 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5522 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5523 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5524 } 5525 } 5526 } 5527 5528 unsigned i = 0; 5529 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5530 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5531 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5532 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5533 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5534 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5535 } 5536 5537 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5538 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5539 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5540 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5541 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5542 if (base->isEmpty()) 5543 continue; 5544 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5545 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5546 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5547 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5548 } 5549 } 5550 5551 CharUnits size; 5552 if (CXXRec) { 5553 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5554 } else { 5555 size = layout.getSize(); 5556 } 5557 5558 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5559 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5560 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5561 5562 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5563 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5564 if (FD) { 5565 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5566 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5567 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5568 S += recname; 5569 S += '"'; 5570 } 5571 S += "^^?"; 5572 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5573 } 5574 5575 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5576 // Mark the end of the structure. 5577 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5578 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5579 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5580 } 5581 5582 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5583 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5584 5585 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5586 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5587 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5588 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5589 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5590 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5591 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5592 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5593 // longer then though. 5594 CurOffs += padding; 5595 } 5596 5597 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5598 if (dcl == 0) 5599 break; // reached end of structure. 5600 5601 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5602 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5603 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5604 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5605 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5606 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5607 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5608 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5609 } else { 5610 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5611 if (FD) { 5612 S += '"'; 5613 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5614 S += '"'; 5615 } 5616 5617 if (field->isBitField()) { 5618 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5619 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5620 } else { 5621 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5622 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5623 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5624 /*OutermostType*/false, 5625 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5626 /*StructField*/true); 5627 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5628 } 5629 } 5630 } 5631} 5632 5633void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5634 std::string& S) const { 5635 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5636 S += 'n'; 5637 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5638 S += 'N'; 5639 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5640 S += 'o'; 5641 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5642 S += 'O'; 5643 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5644 S += 'R'; 5645 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5646 S += 'V'; 5647} 5648 5649TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5650 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5651 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5652 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5653 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5654 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5655 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5656 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5657 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5658 } 5659 5660 return ObjCIdDecl; 5661} 5662 5663TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5664 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5665 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5666 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5667 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5668 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5669 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5670 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5671 } 5672 return ObjCSelDecl; 5673} 5674 5675TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5676 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5677 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5678 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5679 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5680 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5681 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5682 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5683 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5684 } 5685 5686 return ObjCClassDecl; 5687} 5688 5689ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5690 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5691 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5692 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5693 SourceLocation(), 5694 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5695 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5696 SourceLocation(), true); 5697 } 5698 5699 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5700} 5701 5702//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5703// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5704//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5705 5706static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5707 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5708 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5709 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5710 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5711 5712 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5713 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5714 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5715 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5716 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5717 TInfo); 5718 return VaListTypeDecl; 5719} 5720 5721static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5722 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5723 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5724 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5725 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5726 5727 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5728 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5729 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5730 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5731 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5732 TInfo); 5733 return VaListTypeDecl; 5734} 5735 5736static TypedefDecl * 5737CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5738 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5739 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5740 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5741 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5742 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5743 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5744 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5745 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5746 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5747 5748 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5749 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5750 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5751 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5752 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5753 } else { 5754 // struct __va_list 5755 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5756 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5757 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5758 } 5759 5760 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5761 5762 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5763 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5764 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5765 5766 // void *__stack; 5767 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5768 FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; 5769 5770 // void *__gr_top; 5771 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5772 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; 5773 5774 // void *__vr_top; 5775 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5776 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; 5777 5778 // int __gr_offs; 5779 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; 5780 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; 5781 5782 // int __vr_offs; 5783 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; 5784 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; 5785 5786 // Create fields 5787 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5788 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5789 VaListTagDecl, 5790 SourceLocation(), 5791 SourceLocation(), 5792 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5793 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5794 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5795 /*Mutable=*/false, 5796 ICIS_NoInit); 5797 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5798 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5799 } 5800 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5801 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5802 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5803 5804 // } __builtin_va_list; 5805 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5806 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5807 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5808 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5809 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5810 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5811 5812 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5813} 5814 5815static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5816 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5817 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5818 5819 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5820 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5821 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5822 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5823 5824 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5825 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5826 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5827 5828 // unsigned char gpr; 5829 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5830 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5831 5832 // unsigned char fpr; 5833 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5834 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5835 5836 // unsigned short reserved; 5837 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5838 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5839 5840 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5841 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5842 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5843 5844 // void* reg_save_area; 5845 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5846 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5847 5848 // Create fields 5849 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5850 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5851 SourceLocation(), 5852 SourceLocation(), 5853 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5854 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5855 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5856 /*Mutable=*/false, 5857 ICIS_NoInit); 5858 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5859 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5860 } 5861 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5862 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5863 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5864 5865 // } __va_list_tag; 5866 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5867 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5868 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5869 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5870 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5871 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5872 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5873 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5874 5875 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5876 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5877 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5878 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5879 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5880 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5881 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5882 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5883 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5884 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5885 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5886 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5887 TInfo); 5888 5889 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5890} 5891 5892static TypedefDecl * 5893CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5894 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5895 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5896 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5897 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5898 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5899 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5900 5901 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5902 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5903 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5904 5905 // unsigned gp_offset; 5906 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5907 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5908 5909 // unsigned fp_offset; 5910 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5911 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5912 5913 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5914 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5915 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5916 5917 // void* reg_save_area; 5918 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5919 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5920 5921 // Create fields 5922 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5923 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5924 VaListTagDecl, 5925 SourceLocation(), 5926 SourceLocation(), 5927 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5928 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5929 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5930 /*Mutable=*/false, 5931 ICIS_NoInit); 5932 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5933 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5934 } 5935 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5936 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5937 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5938 5939 // } __va_list_tag; 5940 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5941 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5942 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5943 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5944 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5945 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5946 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5947 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5948 5949 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5950 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5951 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5952 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5953 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5954 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5955 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5956 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5957 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5958 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5959 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5960 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5961 TInfo); 5962 5963 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5964} 5965 5966static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5967 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5968 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5969 QualType IntArrayType 5970 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5971 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5972 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5973 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5974 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5975 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5976 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5977 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5978 5979 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5980} 5981 5982static TypedefDecl * 5983CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5984 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5985 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5986 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5987 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5988 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5989 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5990 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5991 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5992 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5993 5994 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5995 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5996 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5997 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5998 5999 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 6000 6001 } else { 6002 // struct __va_list { 6003 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 6004 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6005 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 6006 } 6007 6008 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 6009 6010 // void * __ap; 6011 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6012 VaListDecl, 6013 SourceLocation(), 6014 SourceLocation(), 6015 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 6016 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 6017 /*TInfo=*/0, 6018 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6019 /*Mutable=*/false, 6020 ICIS_NoInit); 6021 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6022 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 6023 6024 // }; 6025 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 6026 6027 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 6028 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6029 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 6030 6031 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 6032 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6033 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6034 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6035 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6036 TInfo); 6037 6038 return VaListTypeDecl; 6039} 6040 6041static TypedefDecl * 6042CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 6043 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 6044 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 6045 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 6046 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6047 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 6048 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 6049 6050 const size_t NumFields = 4; 6051 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 6052 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 6053 6054 // long __gpr; 6055 FieldTypes[0] = Context->LongTy; 6056 FieldNames[0] = "__gpr"; 6057 6058 // long __fpr; 6059 FieldTypes[1] = Context->LongTy; 6060 FieldNames[1] = "__fpr"; 6061 6062 // void *__overflow_arg_area; 6063 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6064 FieldNames[2] = "__overflow_arg_area"; 6065 6066 // void *__reg_save_area; 6067 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6068 FieldNames[3] = "__reg_save_area"; 6069 6070 // Create fields 6071 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 6072 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6073 VaListTagDecl, 6074 SourceLocation(), 6075 SourceLocation(), 6076 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 6077 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 6078 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6079 /*Mutable=*/false, 6080 ICIS_NoInit); 6081 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6082 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 6083 } 6084 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 6085 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 6086 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 6087 6088 // } __va_list_tag; 6089 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 6090 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6091 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6092 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6093 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 6094 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 6095 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 6096 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 6097 6098 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 6099 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 6100 QualType VaListTagArrayType 6101 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 6102 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 6103 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6104 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 6105 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 6106 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6107 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6108 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6109 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6110 TInfo); 6111 6112 return VaListTypedefDecl; 6113} 6114 6115static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 6116 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 6117 switch (Kind) { 6118 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 6119 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6120 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 6121 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6122 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6123 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6124 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 6125 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6126 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6127 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6128 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 6129 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6130 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 6131 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6132 case TargetInfo::SystemZBuiltinVaList: 6133 return CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6134 } 6135 6136 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 6137} 6138 6139TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 6140 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 6141 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 6142 6143 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 6144} 6145 6146QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 6147 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 6148 // declaration. 6149 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 6150 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 6151 6152 return VaListTagTy; 6153} 6154 6155void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 6156 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 6157 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 6158 6159 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 6160} 6161 6162/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 6163/// lookup. 6164TemplateName 6165ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 6166 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 6167 unsigned size = End - Begin; 6168 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 6169 6170 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 6171 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 6172 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 6173 6174 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 6175 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 6176 NamedDecl *D = *I; 6177 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 6178 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 6179 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 6180 *Storage++ = D; 6181 } 6182 6183 return TemplateName(OT); 6184} 6185 6186/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 6187/// template name such as \c std::vector. 6188TemplateName 6189ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6190 bool TemplateKeyword, 6191 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 6192 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 6193 6194 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 6195 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6196 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6197 6198 void *InsertPos = 0; 6199 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 6200 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6201 if (!QTN) { 6202 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 6203 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6204 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6205 } 6206 6207 return TemplateName(QTN); 6208} 6209 6210/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6211/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 6212TemplateName 6213ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6214 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 6215 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6216 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6217 6218 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6219 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 6220 6221 void *InsertPos = 0; 6222 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 6223 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6224 6225 if (QTN) 6226 return TemplateName(QTN); 6227 6228 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6229 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6230 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6231 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 6232 } else { 6233 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 6234 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6235 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 6236 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 6237 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6238 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 6239 (void)CheckQTN; 6240 } 6241 6242 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6243 return TemplateName(QTN); 6244} 6245 6246/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6247/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 6248TemplateName 6249ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6250 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 6251 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6252 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6253 6254 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6255 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 6256 6257 void *InsertPos = 0; 6258 DependentTemplateName *QTN 6259 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6260 6261 if (QTN) 6262 return TemplateName(QTN); 6263 6264 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6265 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6266 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6267 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 6268 } else { 6269 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 6270 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6271 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 6272 6273 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 6274 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6275 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 6276 (void)CheckQTN; 6277 } 6278 6279 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6280 return TemplateName(QTN); 6281} 6282 6283TemplateName 6284ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 6285 TemplateName replacement) const { 6286 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6287 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 6288 6289 void *insertPos = 0; 6290 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 6291 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 6292 6293 if (!subst) { 6294 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 6295 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 6296 } 6297 6298 return TemplateName(subst); 6299} 6300 6301TemplateName 6302ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6303 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 6304 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 6305 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6306 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 6307 6308 void *InsertPos = 0; 6309 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 6310 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6311 6312 if (!Subst) { 6313 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 6314 ArgPack.pack_size(), 6315 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 6316 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 6317 } 6318 6319 return TemplateName(Subst); 6320} 6321 6322/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 6323/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 6324/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 6325CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 6326 switch (Type) { 6327 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 6328 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 6329 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 6330 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 6331 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 6332 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 6333 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 6334 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 6335 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6336 } 6337 6338 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 6339} 6340 6341//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6342// Type Predicates. 6343//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6344 6345/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 6346/// garbage collection attribute. 6347/// 6348Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 6349 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 6350 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 6351 6352 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 6353 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 6354 6355 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 6356 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 6357 // as __strong. 6358 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 6359 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 6360 return Qualifiers::Strong; 6361 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 6362 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 6363 } else { 6364 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 6365 // pointer. 6366#ifndef NDEBUG 6367 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 6368 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 6369 CT = AT->getElementType(); 6370 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 6371#endif 6372 } 6373 return GCAttrs; 6374} 6375 6376//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6377// Type Compatibility Testing 6378//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6379 6380/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 6381/// compatible. 6382static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 6383 const VectorType *RHS) { 6384 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 6385 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 6386 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 6387} 6388 6389bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 6390 QualType SecondVec) { 6391 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 6392 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 6393 6394 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 6395 return true; 6396 6397 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 6398 // equivalent GCC vector types. 6399 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6400 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6401 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 6402 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 6403 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6404 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 6405 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6406 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 6407 return true; 6408 6409 return false; 6410} 6411 6412//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6413// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 6414//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6415 6416/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 6417/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 6418bool 6419ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 6420 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 6421 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 6422 return true; 6423 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 6424 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 6425 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 6426 return true; 6427 return false; 6428} 6429 6430/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 6431/// Class<pr1, ...>. 6432bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 6433 QualType rhs) { 6434 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6435 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6436 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 6437 6438 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6439 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6440 bool match = false; 6441 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6442 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6443 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6444 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6445 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 6446 match = true; 6447 break; 6448 } 6449 } 6450 if (!match) 6451 return false; 6452 } 6453 return true; 6454} 6455 6456/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 6457/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 6458bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6459 bool compare) { 6460 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 6461 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6462 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 6463 return true; 6464 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6465 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6466 return true; 6467 6468 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6469 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6470 6471 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6472 6473 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6474 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6475 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6476 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6477 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6478 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6479 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6480 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6481 // through its super class and categories. 6482 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6483 return false; 6484 } 6485 } 6486 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6487 return true; 6488 } 6489 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6490 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6491 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6492 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6493 bool match = false; 6494 6495 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6496 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6497 // through its super class and categories. 6498 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6499 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6500 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6501 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6502 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6503 match = true; 6504 break; 6505 } 6506 } 6507 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6508 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6509 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6510 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6511 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6512 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6513 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6514 // through its super class and categories. 6515 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6516 match = true; 6517 break; 6518 } 6519 } 6520 } 6521 if (!match) 6522 return false; 6523 } 6524 6525 return true; 6526 } 6527 6528 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6529 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6530 6531 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6532 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6533 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6534 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6535 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6536 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6537 bool match = false; 6538 6539 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6540 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6541 // through its super class and categories. 6542 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6543 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6544 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6545 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6546 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6547 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6548 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6549 match = true; 6550 break; 6551 } 6552 } 6553 if (!match) 6554 return false; 6555 } 6556 6557 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6558 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6559 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6560 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6561 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6562 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6563 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6564 // assume that it is mismatch. 6565 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6566 return false; 6567 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6568 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6569 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6570 bool match = false; 6571 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6572 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6573 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6574 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6575 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6576 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6577 match = true; 6578 break; 6579 } 6580 } 6581 if (!match) 6582 return false; 6583 } 6584 } 6585 return true; 6586 } 6587 return false; 6588} 6589 6590/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6591/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6592/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6593/// 6594bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6595 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6596 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6597 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6598 6599 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6600 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6601 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6602 return true; 6603 6604 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6605 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6606 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6607 false); 6608 6609 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6610 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6611 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6612 6613 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6614 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6615 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6616 6617 return false; 6618} 6619 6620/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6621/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6622/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6623/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6624/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6625bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6626 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6627 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6628 bool BlockReturnType) { 6629 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6630 return true; 6631 6632 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6633 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6634 } 6635 6636 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6637 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6638 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6639 false); 6640 6641 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6642 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6643 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6644 if (LHS != RHS) { 6645 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6646 return BlockReturnType; 6647 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6648 return !BlockReturnType; 6649 } 6650 else 6651 return true; 6652 } 6653 return false; 6654} 6655 6656/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6657/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6658/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6659/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6660static 6661void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6662 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6663 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6664 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6665 6666 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6667 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6668 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6669 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6670 6671 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6672 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6673 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6674 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6675 else { 6676 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6677 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6678 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6679 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6680 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6681 } 6682 6683 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6684 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6685 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6686 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6687 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6688 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6689 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6690 } else { 6691 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6692 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6693 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6694 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6695 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6696 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6697 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6698 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6699 } 6700} 6701 6702/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6703/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6704/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6705/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6706QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6707 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6708 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6709 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6710 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6711 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6712 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6713 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6714 return QualType(); 6715 6716 do { 6717 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6718 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6719 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6720 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6721 6722 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6723 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6724 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6725 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6726 return Result; 6727 } 6728 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6729 6730 return QualType(); 6731} 6732 6733bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6734 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6735 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6736 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6737 6738 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6739 // the LHS. 6740 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6741 return false; 6742 6743 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6744 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6745 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6746 return true; 6747 6748 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6749 // more detailed analysis is required. 6750 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6751 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6752 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6753 // false otherwise. 6754 bool IsSuperClass = 6755 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6756 if (IsSuperClass) { 6757 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6758 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6759 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6760 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6761 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6762 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6763 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6764 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6765 return false; 6766 6767 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6768 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6769 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6770 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6771 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6772 6773 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6774 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6775 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6776 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6777 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6778 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6779 break; 6780 } 6781 } 6782 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6783 return false; 6784 } 6785 return true; 6786 } 6787 return false; 6788 } 6789 6790 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6791 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6792 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6793 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6794 6795 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6796 // are incompatible. 6797 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6798 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6799 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6800 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6801 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6802 break; 6803 } 6804 } 6805 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6806 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6807 return false; 6808 } 6809 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6810 return true; 6811} 6812 6813bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6814 // get the "pointed to" types 6815 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6816 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6817 6818 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6819 return false; 6820 6821 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6822 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6823} 6824 6825bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6826 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6827 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6828 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6829} 6830 6831/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6832/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6833/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6834/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6835bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6836 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6837 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6838 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6839 6840 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6841} 6842 6843bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6844 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6845} 6846 6847bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6848 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6849} 6850 6851/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6852/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6853/// QualType() 6854QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6855 bool OfBlockPointer, 6856 bool Unqualified) { 6857 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6858 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6859 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6860 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6861 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6862 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6863 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6864 if (!MT.isNull()) 6865 return MT; 6866 } 6867 } 6868 } 6869 6870 return QualType(); 6871} 6872 6873/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6874/// argument types 6875QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6876 bool OfBlockPointer, 6877 bool Unqualified) { 6878 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6879 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6880 // type is compatible with a union member 6881 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6882 Unqualified); 6883 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6884 return lmerge; 6885 6886 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6887 Unqualified); 6888 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6889 return rmerge; 6890 6891 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6892} 6893 6894QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6895 bool OfBlockPointer, 6896 bool Unqualified) { 6897 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6898 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6899 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6900 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6901 bool allLTypes = true; 6902 bool allRTypes = true; 6903 6904 // Check return type 6905 QualType retType; 6906 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6907 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6908 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6909 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6910 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6911 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6912 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6913 } 6914 else 6915 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6916 Unqualified); 6917 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6918 6919 if (Unqualified) 6920 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6921 6922 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6923 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6924 if (Unqualified) { 6925 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6926 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6927 } 6928 6929 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6930 allLTypes = false; 6931 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6932 allRTypes = false; 6933 6934 // FIXME: double check this 6935 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6936 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6937 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6938 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6939 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6940 6941 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6942 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6943 return QualType(); 6944 6945 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6946 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6947 return QualType(); 6948 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6949 return QualType(); 6950 6951 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6952 return QualType(); 6953 6954 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6955 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6956 6957 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6958 allLTypes = false; 6959 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6960 allRTypes = false; 6961 6962 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6963 6964 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6965 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6966 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6967 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6968 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6969 6970 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6971 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6972 return QualType(); 6973 6974 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6975 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6976 return QualType(); 6977 6978 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6979 return QualType(); 6980 6981 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6982 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6983 return QualType(); 6984 6985 // Check argument compatibility 6986 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6987 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6988 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6989 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6990 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6991 OfBlockPointer, 6992 Unqualified); 6993 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6994 6995 if (Unqualified) 6996 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6997 6998 types.push_back(argtype); 6999 if (Unqualified) { 7000 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 7001 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 7002 } 7003 7004 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 7005 allLTypes = false; 7006 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 7007 allRTypes = false; 7008 } 7009 7010 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7011 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7012 7013 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7014 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7015 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); 7016 } 7017 7018 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 7019 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 7020 7021 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 7022 if (proto) { 7023 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 7024 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 7025 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 7026 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 7027 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 7028 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 7029 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 7030 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 7031 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 7032 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 7033 7034 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 7035 // to pass enum values. 7036 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7037 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7038 if (argTy.isNull()) 7039 return QualType(); 7040 } 7041 7042 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 7043 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 7044 return QualType(); 7045 } 7046 7047 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7048 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7049 7050 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7051 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7052 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->getArgTypes(), EPI); 7053 } 7054 7055 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7056 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7057 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 7058} 7059 7060/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them. 7061static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET, 7062 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) { 7063 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 7064 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 7065 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 7066 // type. 7067 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7068 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7069 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other)) 7070 return other; 7071 7072 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any 7073 // integral type of the same size. 7074 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() && 7075 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other)) 7076 return other; 7077 7078 return QualType(); 7079} 7080 7081QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 7082 bool OfBlockPointer, 7083 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 7084 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 7085 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 7086 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 7087 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 7088 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 7089 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 7090 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 7091 7092 if (Unqualified) { 7093 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7094 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7095 } 7096 7097 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7098 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7099 7100 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7101 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7102 return LHS; 7103 7104 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 7105 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7106 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7107 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7108 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 7109 // mismatch. 7110 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7111 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 7112 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 7113 return QualType(); 7114 7115 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7116 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7117 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7118 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7119 // qualified __strong. 7120 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7121 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7122 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7123 7124 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7125 return QualType(); 7126 7127 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7128 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 7129 } 7130 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7131 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 7132 } 7133 return QualType(); 7134 } 7135 7136 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 7137 7138 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7139 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7140 7141 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 7142 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 7143 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7144 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7145 7146 // Same as above for arrays 7147 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7148 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7149 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7150 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7151 7152 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 7153 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7154 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7155 7156 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 7157 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 7158 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 7159 7160 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 7161 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 7162 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum 7163 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa. 7164 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7165 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false); 7166 } 7167 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7168 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType); 7169 } 7170 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 7171 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 7172 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7173 return LHS; 7174 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7175 return RHS; 7176 } 7177 7178 return QualType(); 7179 } 7180 7181 // The canonical type classes match. 7182 switch (LHSClass) { 7183#define TYPE(Class, Base) 7184#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 7185#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7186#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7187#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7188#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 7189 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 7190 7191 case Type::Auto: 7192 case Type::LValueReference: 7193 case Type::RValueReference: 7194 case Type::MemberPointer: 7195 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 7196 7197 case Type::ObjCInterface: 7198 case Type::IncompleteArray: 7199 case Type::VariableArray: 7200 case Type::FunctionProto: 7201 case Type::ExtVector: 7202 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 7203 7204 case Type::Pointer: 7205 { 7206 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7207 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7208 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7209 if (Unqualified) { 7210 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7211 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7212 } 7213 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 7214 Unqualified); 7215 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7216 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7217 return LHS; 7218 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7219 return RHS; 7220 return getPointerType(ResultType); 7221 } 7222 case Type::BlockPointer: 7223 { 7224 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7225 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7226 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7227 if (Unqualified) { 7228 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7229 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7230 } 7231 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 7232 Unqualified); 7233 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7234 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7235 return LHS; 7236 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7237 return RHS; 7238 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 7239 } 7240 case Type::Atomic: 7241 { 7242 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7243 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7244 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7245 if (Unqualified) { 7246 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7247 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7248 } 7249 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 7250 Unqualified); 7251 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7252 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7253 return LHS; 7254 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7255 return RHS; 7256 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 7257 } 7258 case Type::ConstantArray: 7259 { 7260 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 7261 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 7262 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 7263 return QualType(); 7264 7265 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 7266 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 7267 if (Unqualified) { 7268 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7269 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7270 } 7271 7272 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 7273 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7274 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7275 return LHS; 7276 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7277 return RHS; 7278 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 7279 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7280 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 7281 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7282 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 7283 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 7284 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7285 return LHS; 7286 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7287 return RHS; 7288 if (LVAT) { 7289 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7290 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 7291 // has to be different. 7292 return LHS; 7293 } 7294 if (RVAT) { 7295 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7296 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 7297 // has to be different. 7298 return RHS; 7299 } 7300 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 7301 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 7302 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 7303 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7304 } 7305 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 7306 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 7307 case Type::Record: 7308 case Type::Enum: 7309 return QualType(); 7310 case Type::Builtin: 7311 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 7312 return QualType(); 7313 case Type::Complex: 7314 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 7315 return QualType(); 7316 case Type::Vector: 7317 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 7318 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 7319 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 7320 return LHS; 7321 return QualType(); 7322 case Type::ObjCObject: { 7323 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 7324 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 7325 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 7326 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7327 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7328 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 7329 return LHS; 7330 7331 return QualType(); 7332 } 7333 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 7334 if (OfBlockPointer) { 7335 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 7336 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7337 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7338 BlockReturnType)) 7339 return LHS; 7340 return QualType(); 7341 } 7342 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7343 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 7344 return LHS; 7345 7346 return QualType(); 7347 } 7348 } 7349 7350 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 7351} 7352 7353bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 7354 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 7355 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 7356 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 7357 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 7358 return false; 7359 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 7360 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7361 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 7362 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7363 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 7364 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 7365 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 7366 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 7367 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 7368 return false; 7369 } 7370 return true; 7371} 7372 7373/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 7374/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 7375/// return types. 7376QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 7377 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7378 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7379 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7380 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7381 return LHS; 7382 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 7383 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 7384 return QualType(); 7385 QualType OldReturnType = 7386 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7387 QualType NewReturnType = 7388 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7389 QualType ResReturnType = 7390 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 7391 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 7392 return QualType(); 7393 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 7394 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 7395 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 7396 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7397 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 7398 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7399 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 7400 QualType ResultType = 7401 getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI); 7402 return ResultType; 7403 } 7404 } 7405 return QualType(); 7406 } 7407 7408 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 7409 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7410 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7411 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7412 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 7413 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7414 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 7415 return QualType(); 7416 7417 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7418 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7419 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7420 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7421 // qualified __strong. 7422 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7423 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7424 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7425 7426 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7427 return QualType(); 7428 7429 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 7430 return LHS; 7431 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 7432 return RHS; 7433 return QualType(); 7434 } 7435 7436 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7437 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7438 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7439 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 7440 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 7441 return LHS; 7442 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 7443 return RHS; 7444 } 7445 return QualType(); 7446} 7447 7448//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7449// Integer Predicates 7450//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7451 7452unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 7453 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 7454 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7455 if (T->isBooleanType()) 7456 return 1; 7457 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 7458 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 7459} 7460 7461QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 7462 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 7463 7464 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 7465 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 7466 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 7467 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 7468 7469 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 7470 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7471 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7472 7473 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7474 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 7475 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 7476 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7477 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7478 return UnsignedCharTy; 7479 case BuiltinType::Short: 7480 return UnsignedShortTy; 7481 case BuiltinType::Int: 7482 return UnsignedIntTy; 7483 case BuiltinType::Long: 7484 return UnsignedLongTy; 7485 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7486 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7487 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7488 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7489 default: 7490 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7491 } 7492} 7493 7494ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7495 7496void ASTMutationListener::DeducedReturnType(const FunctionDecl *FD, 7497 QualType ReturnType) {} 7498 7499//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7500// Builtin Type Computation 7501//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7502 7503/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7504/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7505/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7506/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7507/// a vector of "i*". 7508/// 7509/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7510/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7511static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7512 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7513 bool &RequiresICE, 7514 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7515 // Modifiers. 7516 int HowLong = 0; 7517 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7518 RequiresICE = false; 7519 7520 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7521 bool Done = false; 7522 while (!Done) { 7523 switch (*Str++) { 7524 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7525 case 'I': 7526 RequiresICE = true; 7527 break; 7528 case 'S': 7529 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7530 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7531 Signed = true; 7532 break; 7533 case 'U': 7534 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7535 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7536 Unsigned = true; 7537 break; 7538 case 'L': 7539 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7540 ++HowLong; 7541 break; 7542 } 7543 } 7544 7545 QualType Type; 7546 7547 // Read the base type. 7548 switch (*Str++) { 7549 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7550 case 'v': 7551 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7552 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7553 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7554 break; 7555 case 'h': 7556 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7557 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7558 Type = Context.HalfTy; 7559 break; 7560 case 'f': 7561 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7562 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7563 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7564 break; 7565 case 'd': 7566 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7567 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7568 if (HowLong) 7569 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7570 else 7571 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7572 break; 7573 case 's': 7574 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7575 if (Unsigned) 7576 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7577 else 7578 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7579 break; 7580 case 'i': 7581 if (HowLong == 3) 7582 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7583 else if (HowLong == 2) 7584 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7585 else if (HowLong == 1) 7586 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7587 else 7588 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7589 break; 7590 case 'c': 7591 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7592 if (Signed) 7593 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7594 else if (Unsigned) 7595 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7596 else 7597 Type = Context.CharTy; 7598 break; 7599 case 'b': // boolean 7600 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7601 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7602 break; 7603 case 'z': // size_t. 7604 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7605 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7606 break; 7607 case 'F': 7608 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7609 break; 7610 case 'G': 7611 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7612 break; 7613 case 'H': 7614 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7615 break; 7616 case 'M': 7617 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); 7618 break; 7619 case 'a': 7620 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7621 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7622 break; 7623 case 'A': 7624 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7625 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7626 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7627 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7628 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7629 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7630 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7631 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7632 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7633 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7634 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7635 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7636 else 7637 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7638 break; 7639 case 'V': { 7640 char *End; 7641 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7642 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7643 Str = End; 7644 7645 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7646 RequiresICE, false); 7647 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7648 7649 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7650 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7651 VectorType::GenericVector); 7652 break; 7653 } 7654 case 'E': { 7655 char *End; 7656 7657 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7658 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7659 7660 Str = End; 7661 7662 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7663 false); 7664 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7665 break; 7666 } 7667 case 'X': { 7668 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7669 false); 7670 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7671 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7672 break; 7673 } 7674 case 'Y' : { 7675 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7676 break; 7677 } 7678 case 'P': 7679 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7680 if (Type.isNull()) { 7681 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7682 return QualType(); 7683 } 7684 break; 7685 case 'J': 7686 if (Signed) 7687 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7688 else 7689 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7690 7691 if (Type.isNull()) { 7692 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7693 return QualType(); 7694 } 7695 break; 7696 case 'K': 7697 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7698 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7699 7700 if (Type.isNull()) { 7701 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7702 return QualType(); 7703 } 7704 break; 7705 case 'p': 7706 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7707 break; 7708 } 7709 7710 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7711 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7712 while (!Done) { 7713 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7714 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7715 case '*': 7716 case '&': { 7717 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7718 // qualified with an address space. 7719 char *End; 7720 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7721 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7722 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7723 Str = End; 7724 } 7725 if (c == '*') 7726 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7727 else 7728 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7729 break; 7730 } 7731 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7732 case 'C': 7733 Type = Type.withConst(); 7734 break; 7735 case 'D': 7736 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7737 break; 7738 case 'R': 7739 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7740 break; 7741 } 7742 } 7743 7744 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7745 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7746 7747 return Type; 7748} 7749 7750/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7751QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7752 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7753 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7754 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7755 7756 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7757 7758 bool RequiresICE = false; 7759 Error = GE_None; 7760 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7761 RequiresICE, true); 7762 if (Error != GE_None) 7763 return QualType(); 7764 7765 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7766 7767 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7768 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7769 if (Error != GE_None) 7770 return QualType(); 7771 7772 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7773 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7774 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7775 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7776 7777 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7778 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7779 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7780 7781 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7782 } 7783 7784 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7785 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7786 7787 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7788 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7789 7790 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7791 7792 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7793 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7794 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7795 7796 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7797 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7798 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7799 7800 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); 7801} 7802 7803GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7804 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 7805 return GVA_Internal; 7806 7807 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7808 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7809 case TSK_Undeclared: 7810 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7811 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7812 break; 7813 7814 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7815 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7816 7817 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7818 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7819 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7820 break; 7821 } 7822 7823 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7824 return External; 7825 7826 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) || 7827 FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7828 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7829 // externally visible. 7830 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7831 return External; 7832 7833 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7834 return GVA_C99Inline; 7835 } 7836 7837 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7838 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7839 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7840 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7841 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7842 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7843 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7844 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7845 return GVA_C99Inline; 7846 7847 return GVA_CXXInline; 7848} 7849 7850GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7851 if (!VD->isExternallyVisible()) 7852 return GVA_Internal; 7853 7854 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7855 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7856 // template. 7857 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7858 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7859 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7860 7861 switch (TSK) { 7862 case TSK_Undeclared: 7863 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7864 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7865 7866 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7867 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7868 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7869 7870 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7871 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7872 7873 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7874 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7875 } 7876 7877 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7878} 7879 7880bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7881 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7882 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7883 return false; 7884 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7885 // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template. 7886 if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 7887 return false; 7888 } else 7889 return false; 7890 7891 // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it. 7892 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 7893 return false; 7894 7895 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7896 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7897 return false; 7898 7899 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7900 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7901 return true; 7902 7903 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7904 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7905 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7906 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7907 7908 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7909 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7910 return true; 7911 7912 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes 7913 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. 7914 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7915 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7916 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7917 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7918 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); 7919 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7920 return true; 7921 } 7922 } 7923 } 7924 7925 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7926 7927 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7928 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7929 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7930 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7931 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7932 return false; 7933 return true; 7934 } 7935 7936 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7937 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7938 7939 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7940 return false; 7941 7942 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7943 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7944 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7945 return true; 7946 7947 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7948 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7949 return true; 7950 7951 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7952 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7953 return true; 7954 7955 return false; 7956} 7957 7958CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7959 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7960 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7961} 7962 7963CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7964 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && 7965 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault()) 7966 return CC_Default; 7967 return CC; 7968} 7969 7970bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7971 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7972 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7973} 7974 7975MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7976 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { 7977 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: 7978 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 7979 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 7980 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 7981 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7982 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 7983 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7984 } 7985 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7986} 7987 7988CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7989 7990size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7991 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() + 7992 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) + 7993 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) + 7994 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) + 7995 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) + 7996 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) + 7997 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(TemplateOrInstantiation) + 7998 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) + 7999 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) + 8000 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) + 8001 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) + 8002 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) + 8003 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) + 8004 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 8005} 8006 8007void ASTContext::setManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Number) { 8008 if (Number > 1) 8009 MangleNumbers[ND] = Number; 8010} 8011 8012unsigned ASTContext::getManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND) const { 8013 llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 8014 MangleNumbers.find(ND); 8015 return I != MangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : 1; 8016} 8017 8018MangleNumberingContext & 8019ASTContext::getManglingNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC) { 8020 return MangleNumberingContexts[DC]; 8021} 8022 8023void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 8024 ParamIndices[D] = index; 8025} 8026 8027unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 8028 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 8029 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 8030 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 8031 return I->second; 8032} 8033 8034APValue * 8035ASTContext::getMaterializedTemporaryValue(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E, 8036 bool MayCreate) { 8037 assert(E && E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static && 8038 "don't need to cache the computed value for this temporary"); 8039 if (MayCreate) 8040 return &MaterializedTemporaryValues[E]; 8041 8042 llvm::DenseMap<const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *, APValue>::iterator I = 8043 MaterializedTemporaryValues.find(E); 8044 return I == MaterializedTemporaryValues.end() ? 0 : &I->second; 8045} 8046 8047bool ASTContext::AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(const AtomicExpr *E) const { 8048 const llvm::Triple &T = getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 8049 if (!T.isOSDarwin()) 8050 return false; 8051 8052 QualType AtomicTy = E->getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType(); 8053 CharUnits sizeChars = getTypeSizeInChars(AtomicTy); 8054 uint64_t Size = sizeChars.getQuantity(); 8055 CharUnits alignChars = getTypeAlignInChars(AtomicTy); 8056 unsigned Align = alignChars.getQuantity(); 8057 unsigned MaxInlineWidthInBits = getTargetInfo().getMaxAtomicInlineWidth(); 8058 return (Size != Align || toBits(sizeChars) > MaxInlineWidthInBits); 8059} 8060 8061namespace { 8062 8063 /// \brief A \c RecursiveASTVisitor that builds a map from nodes to their 8064 /// parents as defined by the \c RecursiveASTVisitor. 8065 /// 8066 /// Note that the relationship described here is purely in terms of AST 8067 /// traversal - there are other relationships (for example declaration context) 8068 /// in the AST that are better modeled by special matchers. 8069 /// 8070 /// FIXME: Currently only builds up the map using \c Stmt and \c Decl nodes. 8071 class ParentMapASTVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor> { 8072 8073 public: 8074 /// \brief Builds and returns the translation unit's parent map. 8075 /// 8076 /// The caller takes ownership of the returned \c ParentMap. 8077 static ASTContext::ParentMap *buildMap(TranslationUnitDecl &TU) { 8078 ParentMapASTVisitor Visitor(new ASTContext::ParentMap); 8079 Visitor.TraverseDecl(&TU); 8080 return Visitor.Parents; 8081 } 8082 8083 private: 8084 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor> VisitorBase; 8085 8086 ParentMapASTVisitor(ASTContext::ParentMap *Parents) : Parents(Parents) { 8087 } 8088 8089 bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const { 8090 return true; 8091 } 8092 bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const { 8093 return true; 8094 } 8095 // Disables data recursion. We intercept Traverse* methods in the RAV, which 8096 // are not triggered during data recursion. 8097 bool shouldUseDataRecursionFor(clang::Stmt *S) const { 8098 return false; 8099 } 8100 8101 template <typename T> 8102 bool TraverseNode(T *Node, bool(VisitorBase:: *traverse) (T *)) { 8103 if (Node == NULL) 8104 return true; 8105 if (ParentStack.size() > 0) 8106 // FIXME: Currently we add the same parent multiple times, for example 8107 // when we visit all subexpressions of template instantiations; this is 8108 // suboptimal, bug benign: the only way to visit those is with 8109 // hasAncestor / hasParent, and those do not create new matches. 8110 // The plan is to enable DynTypedNode to be storable in a map or hash 8111 // map. The main problem there is to implement hash functions / 8112 // comparison operators for all types that DynTypedNode supports that 8113 // do not have pointer identity. 8114 (*Parents)[Node].push_back(ParentStack.back()); 8115 ParentStack.push_back(ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*Node)); 8116 bool Result = (this ->* traverse) (Node); 8117 ParentStack.pop_back(); 8118 return Result; 8119 } 8120 8121 bool TraverseDecl(Decl *DeclNode) { 8122 return TraverseNode(DeclNode, &VisitorBase::TraverseDecl); 8123 } 8124 8125 bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *StmtNode) { 8126 return TraverseNode(StmtNode, &VisitorBase::TraverseStmt); 8127 } 8128 8129 ASTContext::ParentMap *Parents; 8130 llvm::SmallVector<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode, 16> ParentStack; 8131 8132 friend class RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor>; 8133 }; 8134 8135} // end namespace 8136 8137ASTContext::ParentVector 8138ASTContext::getParents(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node) { 8139 assert(Node.getMemoizationData() && 8140 "Invariant broken: only nodes that support memoization may be " 8141 "used in the parent map."); 8142 if (!AllParents) { 8143 // We always need to run over the whole translation unit, as 8144 // hasAncestor can escape any subtree. 8145 AllParents.reset( 8146 ParentMapASTVisitor::buildMap(*getTranslationUnitDecl())); 8147 } 8148 ParentMap::const_iterator I = AllParents->find(Node.getMemoizationData()); 8149 if (I == AllParents->end()) { 8150 return ParentVector(); 8151 } 8152 return I->second; 8153} 8154 8155bool 8156ASTContext::ObjCMethodsAreEqual(const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 8157 const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodImpl) { 8158 // No point trying to match an unavailable/deprecated mothod. 8159 if (MethodDecl->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() 8160 || MethodDecl->hasAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) 8161 return false; 8162 if (MethodDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier() != 8163 MethodImpl->getObjCDeclQualifier()) 8164 return false; 8165 if (!hasSameType(MethodDecl->getResultType(), 8166 MethodImpl->getResultType())) 8167 return false; 8168 8169 if (MethodDecl->param_size() != MethodImpl->param_size()) 8170 return false; 8171 8172 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator IM = MethodImpl->param_begin(), 8173 IF = MethodDecl->param_begin(), EM = MethodImpl->param_end(), 8174 EF = MethodDecl->param_end(); 8175 IM != EM && IF != EF; ++IM, ++IF) { 8176 const ParmVarDecl *DeclVar = (*IF); 8177 const ParmVarDecl *ImplVar = (*IM); 8178 if (ImplVar->getObjCDeclQualifier() != DeclVar->getObjCDeclQualifier()) 8179 return false; 8180 if (!hasSameType(DeclVar->getType(), ImplVar->getType())) 8181 return false; 8182 } 8183 return (MethodDecl->isVariadic() == MethodImpl->isVariadic()); 8184 8185} 8186